Online Marketing Made Easy with Amy Porterfield

By Amy Porterfield

Listen to a podcast, please open Podcast Republic app. Available on Google Play Store.


Category: Marketing

Open in Apple Podcasts


Open RSS feed


Open Website


Rate for this podcast

Subscribers: 1768
Reviews: 3


 Feb 23, 2022

Vanessa Ann Miller
 Aug 24, 2020
Thank you Amy for these podcast episodes. I learn something new every time. When I implement your teachings, my business improves!


 Jun 7, 2020

Description

Ever wish you had a business mentor with over a decade of experience whispering success secrets in your ear? That’s exactly what you’ll get when you tune into the top-ranked Online Marketing Made Easy Podcast with your host, 9 to 5er turned CEO of a multi-million dollar business, Amy Porterfield. Her specialty? Breaking down big ideas and strategies into actionable step-by-step processes designed to get you results with a whole lot less stress. Tune in, get inspired, and get ready to discover why hundreds of thousands of online business owners turn to Amy for guidance when it comes to all things online business including digital courses, list building, social media, content, webinars, and so much more. Whether you're a budding entrepreneur, have a comfy side-hustle, or are looking to take your business to the next level, each episode is designed to help you take immediate action on the most important strategies for starting and growing your online business today.

Episode Date
Wisdom Wednesday: An Effective Strategy For Creating Binge-Worthy Content
03:33

Ready to learn exactly what your audience wants to hear and learn? Make content creation with this simple strategy that connects you directly with your audience members and hear (from their mouths) what content topics would peak their interest the most. 

This strategy is simple and great for entrepreneurs of all kinds! Enjoy!

Sep 28, 2022
#501: How To Identify What’s Important & Let Go Of What’s Not
22:09

5 questions to help you get really clear on what you want

Getting clear on what you want as a business owner sounds like it would be easy, but in reality, it can be pretty tough – especially if you’re a one-woman show in the early stages of business.

I get it. When I first went off on my own, I felt the need to say ‘yes’ to everything because I didn’t want to leave any opportunities on the table. I had no idea where to spend my time or focus because everything felt equally important. 

But let me tell you, sweet friend -- giving your time and energy to things that do not serve you is a one-way ticket to some serious overwhelm. 

That’s why it’s so important to get really crystal clear on what you want now, so you don’t end up spinning your wheels on things that don’t bring value to your life or business.

In this episode, I revisit a conversation I had with my dear friend and mentor, Marie Forleo, who’s done a lot of work in her own life to get laser-focused on what’s important, eliminate overwhelm, and manage her time like a boss.

You’ll hear the two mantras that Marie lives by, as well as a series of questions that you can ask yourself to help identify what’s important and let go of what’s not.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [04:01] When you know what's important, you can ignore what's not. 
  • [06:07] Ask yourself: What do I want? Journal about what you want. Start writing whatever comes to you. 
  • [06:54] Then ask: What do I want in the next 365 days? Journal this too. 
  • [07:01] The final prompt is: What do I want in the next six months? Doing this exercise will create clarity.
  • [08:26] Make an effort to say no to what is not going to serve you. This is one of the hardest lessons I've learned.
  • [09:17] What are the top three to five projects that you need to focus on? No more than five. If you're a one-person show, no more than three. What do you need to let go of in this season to focus on what's most important.
  • [13:20] “I don't do overwhelm.” Saying that you are overwhelmed does not serve you. 
  • [16:42] When you're overwhelmed, confused, or stressed, put your head down and think what can I do to move forward in the direction that I want to move, and things will start to make more sense.
Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Sep 27, 2022
#500: Why Time Stress Is Crippling Your Success with Marie Forleo
55:49

How to go from being stressed about time to a time genius 

Have you ever felt like no matter how many hours you put into your business, you’re just not doing enough? 

You’re hustling from the beginning of your day until the very end, but despite the fact that you’re running on empty, you still feel like you’ve got to do more. 

If this sounds familiar, you sweet friend, are not alone. 

You’ve fallen into what my guest in this episode, Marie Forleo, calls the time stress trap, which is the belief that if you're not producing 24/7, you don't want your dreams bad enough.

This, my friend, is extremely toxic -- and unfortunately as business owners, we are conditioned to believe that we’ve got to be going non-stop in order to achieve any sort of success. 

I know I’ve been there before, and so has Marie -- who once became so paralyzed by her own time stress that her body started to shut down. 

In this episode, Marie tells her story of overcoming time stress, and shares specific strategies that you can use to find freedom and spaciousness in your schedule.

  • How to become a master prioritizer and better manage your time
  • Ways to stay grounded and focused during your busiest times
  • Different mantras to support you when things get really stressful

… And so much more. So if you ever feel like you’ve been on the toxic time treadmill, pause -- take a deep breath -- and listen to this episode.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Sep 22, 2022
Wisdom Wednesday: The 10-Year Test That Will Change Everything
05:14

Will you regret not going after this idea or goal in 10 years? 

That's a big question to ask yourself when you're making a decision, and we're going to dive into it today. This is called the 10-year test, and on today's Wisdom Wednesday, Marie Forleo is sharing the power of this test and how you can use it in your own life and business. 

Sep 21, 2022
#499: TikTok Intimidates Me, So I’ve Decided To Do It My Way
16:49

After 2 years of being almost radio silent on TikTok, I’m giving it another go

If you’ve been with me for a while, you know that being in front of the camera has always been a challenge for me. It feels like there’s so much pressure to be ‘on,’ and being the perfectionist that I am, I often struggle being 100% satisfied with the content I record.

So imagine how I felt in 2020 when TikTok absolutely exploded in the United States. 

Yes, I was excited to have a new platform that offered a HUGE opportunity to grow and nurture an audience. And yes, I was also loving the fun, fresh and exciting content.

But… I’ve got to be honest. It just wasn’t a place that I wanted to show up -- literally and figuratively -- for a multitude of reasons. I can probably count on one hand the number of TikToks I’ve made over the past two years. 

Fast forward to today, and I’ve recommitted myself to the social media platform that has taken the world by storm -- and the good news is, I’m in a much better place this time around.

But here’s the thing. I’m going to do TikTok my way because a) it has to work with my life, and b) if you commit to showing up, you’ve got to show up authentically if you want an audience that sticks with you for the long haul.

In other words, you won’t see me dancing -- but you WILL see a more casual, less ‘prepared’ version of me. ;) 

I hope that by listening to this episode, you’ll be encouraged to do something that might scare you a little bit, but also excites you. Like I always say, getting outside of your comfort zone and doing something different is absolutely key if you want to grow your business.

So if you’re in need of a little nudge, tune into this episode (and be sure to check me out on TikTok!)

P.S. I’m giving away a FREE set of Airpods, so if you’re in the market for some fresh new ear gear, stay tuned until the very end to hear how to enter.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Sep 20, 2022
#498: How She Generated $41,000 From Her List of 937: A Launch Success Story with Rachel Gainsburgh
44:52

A pharmacist turned entrepreneur shares her journey to ditching the golden handcuffs

If you have a 9 to 5 and you’ve been thinking about leaving it to start your own business, chances are you have some fear around taking the leap -- especially if you are in a profession that compensates you well, financially or otherwise.

I can totally relate to that, because just over 13 years ago I was in a similar place. I was working full-time for Tony Robbins, in a position that so many people would have loved to have. I had a great salary, benefits, and the opportunity to travel the world. 

From the outside looking in, my job looked like a dream -- but I was tired of working long hours and time away from my loved ones, being stressed about someone else’s business, and I knew there was much more out there for me as a business owner. 

Once I made the decision to do my own thing, I quit my job and never looked back -- but in all honesty, arriving at that point wasn’t easy. 

Employers often make jobs really hard to leave, especially if you are highly paid, or work for a company that offers really great perks – like yoga classes throughout the day or heck, I’ve even heard of some offices that have a beer tap in the break room. 

These are all really great things, but what these businesses don’t offer is freedom. They’ve got you locked in golden handcuffs, and they’ve got the key.

In this interview, I talk to my student, Rachel Gainsburgh, who built up the courage to ditch her cushy job as a pharmacist to pursue her dream of being an entrepreneur. 

And guess what? She made over $40,000 in her very first launch, and went on to 3X her pharmacist salary. Yes, you read that right. She tripled her salary after she left her pharmacist career. 

So if you’re afraid of giving up the golden handcuffs, tune in to this episode because Rachel’s story is a very inspiring one. In it, you’ll hear:

  • Rachel’s advice on how to make the leap into entrepreneurship
  • A breakdown of her first launch that generated $41,000 
  • The unique launch strategies she used that I think are sheer genius
  • The hard lessons she’s learned along the way

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [05:06] Rachel is a pharmacist who ventured into real estate. She now teaches busy medical professionals how to ditch the burnout by creating their very own luxury short-term rentals.
  • [07:11] There's stress, long hours, being on your feet, and issues with the opioid epidemic that make being a pharmacist a tough job. Rachel stepped away to have more freedom and say how she spent her time.
  • [08:42] Rachel was laid off during the pandemic. She really doubled down on her course and surpassed her annual salary. Her mantra was free in 23, but she ended up achieving this in 2022. 
  • [12:51] Rachel was on the fence about joining DCA. Other pharmacists were asking her about real estate, and she realized it could be a course. She took the free masterclass and all of her objections for signing up were answered. 
  • [14:33] The financial part was keeping her on the fence, but there was a 30-day guarantee. She ended up staying and being a part of DCA. 
  • [18:40] Rachel shares her aha moment. She asked a Facebook Group if anyone wanted to sign up for her $797.00 program. The price was right based on feedback. Ten people signed up!
  • [22:30] Her first launch was in October of 2021. She grossed $41,000. She also raised her price to $3,200. Her accountability pod and community really helped with input and encouragement through the process. 
  • [26:08] Her best ROI came from Clubhouse. She provided a lot of free value. Then she learned about email lists and lead magnets.
  • [30:16] Lessons learned was that Facebook Ads can help a lot. Have a list, because you can't depend on platforms that you don't own. She also got a virtual assistant. 
  • [32:38] Her students wanted more, so she added higher ticket one-on-one coaching. She just passed the $300,000 mark with her coaching. 
  • [36:57] Advice includes work on building that list whether it's through creating a Facebook community or Clubhouse. Find out what your community wants to learn from you and share that content.
Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Sep 15, 2022
Wisdom Wednesday: Every Entrepreneur Needs To Know (& Do) This For Success
05:03

This little clip of advice is such an important part of being an entrepreneur. When I started almost 14 years ago, doing this changed how quickly I found success -- not to mention it helped me to avoid tons of headaches. 

Tune in to find out this priceless tidbit of advice so that you can start using this as an entrepreneur, as well. 

Sep 14, 2022
#497: Do Something Different: A Method For Getting Unstuck
21:44

What scares you AND lights you up is the key to rapid progress

Is there something that scares you a little bit, but also lights you up when you think about doing it? 

Maybe the thought of leaving your 9 to 5 J.O.B. to pursue your side hustle full time or doing your first Instagram Live gives you the butterflies, but every time the idea pops into your mind you think, “Man, this could change my whole world!” 

I’m going to tell you something that I’ve learned over the past 13 years of being a business owner: Those butterflies in your stomach are a loud and clear message to shake things up a bit and do something different -- or DSD, as my friend says. 

DSD isn’t always comfortable -- because let’s be real -- it usually requires you to step outside of your comfort zone. But let me tell you, sweet friend, the biggest moments of growth are the ones where I’ve decided to DSD. My business, and my life in general, would be nowhere near where they are today without these leaps of faith, whether they’ve been really big or very small.

Yes, it can be a little scary, and it’s not always easy. But I promise you that it’s totally worth it. 

In this episode, I share some of the life-changing, blind leap-of-faith, DSD moments that have made a major impact on my life and business, and some ways that you can shake things up, too.

Enjoy! 

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Sep 13, 2022
#496: Expansive Business Models: From Digital Courses To Service-Based Business & Everything In Between
38:21

A digital course doesn’t have to be your one and only offer

I’m sure you’ve probably heard the proverb ‘There are many paths to the top of the mountain, but the view is always the same.’

I hate to get all cheesy on you, but it’s true -- especially when it comes to your business. There are endless ways you can go about creating the business of your dreams, and having a digital course as the core driver is just one of them. 

I know, I know, you’re probably thinking ‘But Amy, you are always talking about how having a digital course as your primary offer is the simplest way to run a business’ -- and I wholeheartedly believe that. But hear me out.

A digital course can be a big part or a small part of your business. For me, it’s a big part because I discovered early on that this approach offers me the flexibility that I want and need in my life… 

… But it’s not the only way. In fact, having a digital course as one of your offers -- not your only offer -- can be incredibly lucrative. 

In this episode, you’ll hear real-life audio clips from a few of my students who have made digital courses a small part of their business. They shed light on how they’ve made digital courses work within their business, and all the things they’ve learned along the way. Plus, I kick it off with the many benefits of offering a digital course, regardless of your approach. 

So if you’ve ever thought that having a digital course won’t work with your business, I urge you to listen to this episode -- because I promise you, it’s possible -- and it’s a strategy that will only help you grow.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Sep 08, 2022
Wisdom Wednesday: This Simple Strategy Grows My Email List By Thousands Each Month
03:59

Welcome back to another Wisdom Wednesday episode!

In this episode, you’ll learn a simple strategy you can use throughout your website to grow your email list significantly. This strategy brings in thousands of new subscribers for me each month. I love this easy strategy, and you can use it whether you're just starting out or you've had your business for years. 

I'll give you all the details on this email growth strategy and how to do it the right way!

Sep 07, 2022
#495: Lacking Self-Worth? Try These 4 Practices
13:39

When you feel like a total failure, these 4 strategies will get you back on track

If you’re a living, breathing human being, then I’d hedge a bet that there have been times where you’ve doubted yourself and your capabilities as an entrepreneur. In fact, you’ve probably even wondered, ‘Am I even cut out for this?’

Believe me, sweet friend -- I’ve been there. One minute you're on top of the world and feeling as confident can be, and the next you’re questioning everything and feeling like a total failure.

Maybe you sent an email to your list with an incorrect link, missing a huge sales opportunity (been there!). Or maybe you saw a competitor on social media absolutely crush their launch and you start to compare yourself to them, which is never a good thing (also been there). 

As business owners, there are so many different triggers that can immediately launch us into feelings of inadequacy -- so what are we supposed to do when our self-worth feels like it’s just been trampled by a herd of elephants? 

Over the years, I’ve come up with a handful of ways to get back on track when I start to doubt myself, and I’m sharing them in this episode. You’ll hear: 

  • The strategy I use to make positive thinking a practice
  • How to refresh your mindset and restore your belief in yourself
  • The books I always come back to that remind me of my self-worth
  • Ways you can lean into your community for support

This is a great episode to listen to, regardless of where you are in your business journey. 

Happy listening!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [03:27] Give equal airtime to positive thinking. Don't beat yourself up, but if you do give just as much time to positive thoughts. 
  • [05:03] Take a trip down memory lane. Take a pen and paper and write down things that you've accomplished in the last year or the last five years. This refreshes your memory and illustrates how you've stuck with something or accomplished something.
  • [06:50] Read or listen to something that's inspiring. Getting inspired every single day will get you to the place you need to be in. Keep a go to inspiration folder. 
  • [09:06] I want you to brag! It's so important to surround yourself with a community of like-minded people. Have a place where you can share your wins with people who will actually understand your level of accomplishment.
  • [11:18]  You are worth it. You are important. It's important that you get your message out into the world. On the days that you're not feeling it, try some of these methods.
Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Sep 06, 2022
#494: {Student Success} From Deleting Her Email List To Doubling It During Her Launch with Isobel Anderson
54:26

When you make a BIG mistake, pull up your bootstraps, get scrappy, and use it as a learning experience

Have you ever made a careless mistake in your business that could have potentially been catastrophic?

I know I have. In fact, back in my Tony Robbins days I accidentally canceled a Masterclass the night before it was supposed to start. I was absolutely mortified, angry at myself, and had no idea how to recover from it.

But here’s the thing that I couldn’t see at the time: Making big mistakes, like the one I made years ago, are bound to happen -- no matter how careful and cautious you think you’re being. You’ve just gotta pull yourself up by the bootstraps, get a little scrappy, and use the experience as a learning opportunity. 

That’s what my guest on this episode (and DCA student!), Isobel Anderson, did when she deleted her entire email list three months before her launch. 

Some business owners would absolutely crumble if this happened to them, but Isobel did the exact opposite. 

Instead of getting down on herself and giving up, she flexed her entrepreneurial mindset muscles by asking, “How can this be good?” -- and guess what? She went on to rebuild her email list to twice its original size. 

Yes, you read that right. 

In this episode, Isobel shares her story of how she used the experience of deleting her email list to better herself as an entrepreneur, plus exactly what she did to double the size of her list. She also shares:

  • Her experience with adding tiers to a launch -- the good, the bad and the ugly
  • How adding Live coaching to her latest launch proved to be incredibly lucrative
  • What she plans to do next in order to take her business to the next level

This is a great listen for anyone, regardless of where you are in your business -- and I know you’ll find Isobel as inspiring as I do.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Sep 01, 2022
Wisdom Wednesday: The Power Of Improving 1% Each Day
05:08

"Your habits are the compound interest of self-improvement." 

This quote comes from my guest in this Wisdom Wednesday episode, James Clear, and it's brilliant. To this day, this episode is one of my most popular episodes -- and this little clip from it provides an impactful punch. Get ready to hear how improving just 1% each day can significantly change your life. 

 

Aug 31, 2022
#493: Don’t Jump Ship Before The Entrepreneurial Magic Happens
15:42

Shiny object syndrome has the potential to devastate your business

Shiny object syndrome is a real thing, and you’d better believe that it can throw you off course in ways that are devastating to your business and everything you’ve been working towards.

I don’t mean to sound harsh, but it's the cold, hard truth. If you are constantly going after the ‘next best thing’ then you are wasting time, energy and focus on something that might not be in alignment with your business goals.

Now, don’t get me wrong. It’s super easy to get distracted by new ways of making money that are fun and exciting, especially if they’re something you could do with your eyes closed. I’ve been there, believe me. 

But what I know from my own experience in creating a multi-million dollar digital business is that time, focus, and a willingness to play the long game are absolutely essential if you are serious about achieving your long-term goals (more on the importance of playing the long game in this episode). 

In other words, don’t change lanes before the magic happens.

Now, I’m not discouraging you from considering new opportunities. But what I do encourage is for you to be discerning about them. 

In fact, there are a series of questions that I ask myself every time something shiny and new comes my way that help me determine if it’s going to be something that supports growth in my business, or hurts it -- and I share them in this episode. I also talk a bit about when you should consider changing lanes, and go in another direction. 

Are you ready? If so, pop in your earbuds, and tune in!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [04:11] Going for something you know you'll crush it and because it’s in your comfort zone is playing small. In your heart, you know you should keep your head down and keep creating what you are creating at the moment.
  • [05:26] We can't only do things in our business that we are inherently good at. You don't stretch yourself if you are only doing things that come second nature to you.
  • [06:29] Whenever you make a decision about something that doesn't align with where your goals are, stop yourself and do a gut check.
  • [08:27] Your income will increase each time you launch your course, and you'll end up making more than you could have made from that distracting opportunity.
  • [10:45] Being uncomfortable and continuing to move forward anyway is when the magic happens.
  • [11:41] When you stay in your lane and you start to be known for something, you'll come to a point where all of a sudden it will feel like you're in the flow.
Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Aug 30, 2022
#492: 4 Steps To Create A Lucrative & Fun Side-Hustle While At Your 9-5
32:18

Growing your side-hustle while working full-time is easier than you might think

Does the thought of building your own business while working your 9 to 5 job absolutely overwhelm you? If so, I can guarantee that you’re not alone. 

I felt the same way when I realized that I wanted to start my own business. At the time I was working for Tony Robbins, and I remember thinking, ‘I want this more than anything -- but how on Earth am I going to do it?’

But here’s the good news -- it’s possible, and doing both doesn’t have to feel defeating. While growing your side-hustle while also working full-time is definitely a commitment, pulling it off is more possible than you think.

It’s true, sweet friend -- and I have proof. In this episode, you’ll hear about a handful of my own students who have successfully juggled having a full-time job and growing their business at the same time, and exactly how they’ve made it happen.

And here’s the really good news. I also share a 4-step framework that you can use to lay a solid foundation for your online business, and I promise – it’s simple, completely manageable, and doesn’t require a ton of your time. Sounds pretty great, right?

So if you are in the throes of cubicle life and are on the fence about getting your side-hustle started, this one is for you. Grab your journal, go someplace free of distractions, and listen closely -- because this episode is sure to set you up for success.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [08:11] Step 1: Schedule your tiger time! You need a system that makes time to drive your business forward. This is the part of the day that you fiercely protect like a tiger.
  • [12:51] William is a full-time elementary teacher and a biblical parenting coach. He worked through DCA and launched his first course. His client list is growing, and he's also a speaker all while teaching full time. You can create your dream business while working and being present with your family.
  • [14:18] Step 2: Create a lead magnet and set up your ESP or email service provider. This is a platform that houses your email list with tools and resources. 
  • [17:40] Roberta created her side-hustle while being a full-time corporate launch manager. She struggled with time issues and worked on her launches in fifteen-minute time blocks. She's been massively successful and shows why it's so important to get clear on your tiger time.
  • [20:14] Step 3: Put together an offer. You need the time to put together the offer, set up your ESP, and create your lead magnet. You can do this by setting aside tiger time. 
  • [21:29] Offers that might work well include a guide or PDF workbook, a limited one-on-one or group coaching offer, or a lower ticket challenge.
  • [27:11] Brooke does bookkeeping and owns and operates a local business called The Welcome Basket. After DCA, she created a course to teach others to start their own welcome basket business. She also offers coaching. She had so much going on, she had to take a step back and put courses on evergreen where they still earn for her.
Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Aug 25, 2022
Wisdom Wednesday: The Sweet Spot For Enticing Landing Page Copy
03:56

Just like you, your landing page is a big deal.

And when it isn’t converting… it’s just the pits. Can I get an amen?

Luckily, there are a few minor adjustments that you can make to your existing landing page that will have it converting like hotcakes before you know it! One very important aspect is how your landing page copy is written and presented. In this episode, I'm sharing how to find the sweet spot for enticing landing page copy. 

Get these dialed in, and you, my friend, are in for a landing page conversion treat.

Aug 24, 2022
#491: Feel Like You’re A Broken Record: Ideas For Reinvigorating Your Content
16:35

How to put a fresh new spin on your core content

Do you ever feel like a broken record? Like you’re saying the same thing over, and over, and over again? 

I know I sure do, and I have to constantly remind myself that even though it feels like I’m not adding anything new to the conversation, I actually am -- and that’s because only a small portion of my audience hears the content that I’m putting out there at a single time. 

Just to put things into perspective, the average Instagram story view rate is between 2.5% and 5.4% -- which is exactly the reason why you need to repeat your message several times. 

Not to mention, I’m a firm believer in something that my old boss, Tony Robbins, always says, and that’s “repetition is the mother of all skill” -- meaning you have to hear something or do something consistently in order to master it. So even if your audience is hearing your message multiple times, that’s actually great, because that’s when they’ll truly start to grasp it.

Even though it’s extremely important to repeat your message, that doesn’t mean that you have to be telling the same stories, or teaching your content in the same way. 

No, sweet friend. Change it up! Give your content a refresh from time to time to keep things interesting and exciting -- a mini-makeover, if you will.

I know, you’re probably thinking, “Ok Amy, that all sounds great, but how the heck do I do that? Creating content is hard enough as it is.” And that’s exactly what you’re about to hear.

In this episode, I share what I do to get myself thinking creatively and put a new spin on the same message that I’ve been preaching from the rooftops since 2009. I promise all it takes is using your brain in new ways to get the ball rolling.

So if you feel like your content is getting stale and you’re ready to change it up while staying true to your message, tune into this episode and take some notes!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [04:35] Lately I've been feeling like I've been saying the same things over and over again. I start to wonder if I'm adding anything new or worth listening to?
  • [05:19] I believe it's always important to stay new and current in your business, but my friend Stu McLaren says that "if you're not repeating yourself and sharing the same things over and over again, you're not saying it enough."
  • [05:56] When we say something we think our entire audience hears it. The truth is even if we're lucky maybe a quarter of our audience will hear it or see it.
  • [08:01] We need to put our message out there several times. If we're tired of telling the same stories, we need to dig deeper and find some new stories that drill the same message home.
  • [10:09] Whenever you have a content block, remember that all of the content that you've already done can be repurposed. 
  • [11:39] Expand your mind and content ideas will flow. Read books and listen to new podcasts. Fuel your brain every day and learn something new. 
  • [12:34] If you have a content block, go back to your old content or fuel your brain with new ideas.
  • [13:52] How are you going to expand your mind? What sounds like fun? What sounds interesting and doable? Once you're clear on that add it to your goals for this quarter.
Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Aug 23, 2022
#490: The Business Model I Swear By: Live Launch, Go Evergreen, Repeat!
33:32

This formula has put the epic battle between live launching and evergreen to bed once and for all

If you have a course or product that you’re ready to launch, you might be wondering which is better: Live launching or evergreen

You’ve probably heard pros and cons about both of them -- Live launching is more lucrative but far more involved, while evergreen may be slightly less of a money-maker but allows you to put your product sales on autopilot and do whatever your little heart desires. (Please note that I’m very aware this isn’t always the case but for many of my students, it has been.) 

It’s quite the conundrum, isn’t it? But here’s the good news. After 13 years in the launch game, I have developed a business model that has given me the best of both worlds and put the epic battle between Live launching and evergreen to bed once and for all. 

It won’t run you into the ground, offers longevity, scales well, and gives you multiple streams of revenue. Most importantly, it offers you flexibility as an entrepreneur -- which is what we’re all after, isn’t it? 

In this episode, I reveal what that business model is, plus:

  • How to have an evergreen product that actually turns a profit
  • Examples of what I’ve seen work, and what I’ve seen work really well
  • Conversion rate stats from my own Live launches and evergreen products
  • How to determine what products should be evergreen, and what should be offered on a Live launch

So if you’re an entrepreneur who is still trying to get your business to a place where you can leave your full-time job, support your family, or offer you more flexibility, I encourage you to go someplace quiet and listen closely to this episode -- because it might just change the course of your business for the better.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [04:33] The best way to build a successful evergreen product is by perfecting it through live launching first!
  • [06:56] If you skip the live webinars and move right into evergreen, you're leaving money on the table. Hosting live webinars allows you to become a highly skilled marketer in your business. 
  • [08:42] There will come a time when you are ready to graduate to evergreen. 
  • [10:28] My students, Annie Chang and her sister discovered through a live launch what her students actually wanted in an evergreen product. They also launched a successful membership program. Her live launches convert at double of her evergreen.
  • [13:45] My DCA live launch conversion rate is 9%. My List Builders Society is around 5% to 6%. 
  • [14:30] What should be evergreen? When to go evergreen. Do at least two live launches and make sure you feel good about your conversion and profit before going with an evergreen offer.
  • [15:45] Once you are happy with your results, ask if it would make sense to launch your product at evergreen. 
  • [17:32] When your live launch alongside your audience, you get to see their insecurities, questions, and objections in real time.
  • [19:38] What product should go evergreen? You could put your current product on evergreen and then focus your time on creating your new product. Is there an evergreen product that you could put at the beginning of your funnel?
  • [26:47] Guidelines: 1. Focus on one product at a time. 2. Spend time working on conversion before moving to evergreen. 3. Live launching > Evergreen > What's my next live launch offer. Repeat live launching until it's time to move to evergreen.
Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Aug 18, 2022
Wisdom Wednesday: The BEST Way To Use Instagram For Email List Growth
08:08

This week, you're hearing from my favorite Instagram expert, dear friend, and fan favorite, Jasmine Star!

In this quick episode, she shares a couple of POWERFUL Instagram email growth strategies that are so easy that you could implement them starting today! That's right! You're going to gain new email growth strategies in just a few minutes. 

Dive on in and get started growing your email list using social media. To check out the full episode, head to Episode 316: How To Grow Your Email List Using Social Media.

Aug 17, 2022
#489: How To Use Your Intuition To Make Quick And Confident Decisions
11:30

What research says about “trusting your gut” and how women’s brains are optimized for rapid intuitive decision-making

As a business owner, you know just how many tough decisions you are faced with each and every day. It can be exhausting, confusing, and stressful -- especially when you’ve got some skin in the game. 

I’ve said it before and I’ll say it again -- the ability to make quick and confident decisions is key in business. It’s certainly not easy, but it’s a very important skill to master if you want to live up to your potential as an entrepreneur. 

Luckily, there are a million different techniques you can use to help you become a better decision-maker, from SWOT diagrams, to mind maps and other analysis tools. But here’s the thing -- it doesn’t have to be that complicated.

In fact, there’s a very simple tool you can use to make tough decisions that’s an excellent alternative to painstaking fact gathering and analysis -- and that’s leaning on your intuition.

I know, I know. That sounds a little woo-woo. But your intuition is a very real thing, and it’s scientifically proven

Don’t believe me? Listen to the episode to find out what researchers say about “trusting your gut” and how women’s brains are actually optimized for rapid intuitive decision-making. You’ll also hear:

  • How to be more aware of your intuition and what it’s telling you
  • The difference between a ‘gut feeling’ and fear
  • Why your gut is referred to as your ‘second brain’ by scientists
  • The exact process I use when I am faced with a tough decision

So if you’re on the fence about listening to this episode, trust your gut and give it a go -- I promise, if you struggle with decisions, you’ll thank me later.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [03:12] How do you make the right decision when the answer isn't always easy? 1. Lean in to your intuition. Intuition is that sense of knowing with the right decision actually is before you even make it. 
  • [05:23] Women's brains are optimized for rabid intuitive decision-making. We can combine our logical mind and intuition. 
  • [06:22] Pay attention to your gut. There are neurotransmitters inside your stomach firing up. Scientists refer to our gut as our second brain. 
  • [07:02] Turn inward. Do a mediation exercise and then journal about it. Make the decision, then pay attention to how you feel and the thoughts that come up.
  • [09:13] If you make a decision, and things don't work out as planned, you get to choose a different path. Don't beat yourself up, just leave the option of choosing a different path open.
Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Aug 16, 2022
#488: My Response To The Anti-Live Launch Chat: A Wellness Checklist
38:03

I’m living proof that a Live launch can be done without running yourself into the ground

I’m sure you’ve heard the recent Live Launches vs. Evergreen debate on social media recently. And if you haven’t heard, here’s the TLDR version: people claim Live launching is a thing of the past, and Evergreen is the way to go.

Yes, Live launches can be exhausting, and yes, they do require a lot of preparation. But they are also incredibly powerful, and can bring you an out-of-this-world return on investment if you do them right.

Believe me, I understand the argument. Over the past 13 years I’ve had more than my fair share of Live launches that have completely run me into the ground. It’s no fun, and I would not wish that upon anyone. 

But here’s the thing -- it doesn’t have to be that way, and I assure you that there’s a beautiful way for Live launches and an evergreen offer to coexist in your business that brings you a ton of flexibility, freedom, and so much more. 

I know, I know. You're probably wondering how on God’s great Earth it’s possible to emerge from a Live launch feeling like a million bucks, and I’ll give you a clue: It’s all about being intentional.

Yes, sweet friend. There are specific things you can do to ensure that you are prioritizing your mental and emotional well-being, and also executing a flawless launch. 

So in response to the anti-Live launch chatter on social media, I’ve come up with a Live Launch Wellness Checklist that you can use to keep yourself in check and make sure that you’re taking care of yourself before, during and after your Live launch.

I promise, when you show up for yourself first, you’ll fall in love with your business structure AND fall in love with Live launching.

Happy listening!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Aug 11, 2022
Wisdom Wednesday: 3 Clarifying Questions For A Profitable Lead Magnet
04:12

In this short Wisdom Wednesday episode, I'm sharing three valuable questions to get clarity around if you want to create and offer a profitable lead magnet. 

I don't care if you're 5 days into being an entrepreneur, or 5 years, these questions are timeless and will help you create crowd-pleasing lead magnets over and over again. 

To listen to the original audio that this clip comes from, check out Episode 271: How to Create a Profit-Driven Lead Magnet to Boost Sales.

Aug 10, 2022
#487: How To Define Success On Your Terms
13:01

Newsflash: Success is not measurable, nor is it an end destination

Let’s face it -- we live in a culture that is obsessed with success. Now, that’s not necessarily a bad thing, because as business owners, the desire to be successful is what drives us to learn, to take risks, and grow, right?

But when we define success solely by how much money we have in the bank, how many degrees we have hanging on the wall, or how many followers we have on social media, then “success” is impossible to achieve because we are culturally programmed to want more, and more, and more. 

There’s a quote I love from John D. Rockefeller, America’s first billionaire, that says “If your only goal is to become rich, you will never achieve it.” And that couldn’t be more true.

That’s why it is incredibly important to define what success means to you beyond what is visible for everyone to see -- and when you do, you’ll be so much more fulfilled as a business owner, and as a human being. 

I get it -- it’s easy to get caught up in money and fame. But I’m here to tell you, sweet friend, that success is not measurable, nor is it an end destination. I can guarantee that when you define success according to your values, you will find more joy in life than you ever could have imagined -- I know I have!

In this episode, I share my journey of defining success on my own terms, and how it has greatly impacted my life. I also share some different ways that you can go about defining success that you probably have never considered.I promise, after listening to this episode, you will feel -- and truly believe -- that you are incredibly successful.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Aug 09, 2022
#486: 1 Digital Course, 1 Evergreen Funnel, 6-Figures: How This Mom Of 2 Made It Happen with Jessica Berk
42:41

The simple strategy that earns this busy mom $100K per month, and counting

If you ever thought creating a thriving digital course while having young children was impossible, my guest today -- Jessica Berk – will prove you wrong. She’s a mom to two beautiful young girls, and the owner of a wildly successful online business, Awesome Little Sleepers.

What’s so impressive about Jessica is that she was able to take a pain point of hers -- having a toddler who was protesting sleep at night -- and turn it into a digital product that has helped thousands of parents all over the country get their children to sleep easily, and stay sleeping throughout the night. 

Now, here’s the kicker. Jessica made $200,000 in her first year of business, and continues to make around $100,000 per month to this day. Yes, sweet friend, you read that right -- and I’m here to tell you that it’s possible for you, too. 

In this episode, Jessica shares her story of how Awesome Little Sleepers came to be, and what she’s done to earn her incredible success, including: 

  • How she knew it was time to go from one-on-one coaching to creating a digital course
  • The strategy behind her first launch and what made it so successful
  • What she’s done to grow her email list and the one thing that’s made the most impact
  • How she’s managed to find her flow -- being a mom, running a household, and building a business -- at the same time

Jessica is truly an inspiration, and I’m so excited for you to listen to this episode!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Aug 04, 2022
#485: Behind-The-Scenes With Crime Junkie Podcast Host, Ashley Flowers
47:47

What happens when you leave your 9 to 5, pursue your passion, and create one of the most downloaded podcasts in history

If you’ve ever listened to the podcast Crime Junkie, you know just how addictive it is. The suspense, combined with the gripping yet straightforward storytelling makes it one of the most enthralling podcasts out there. I, for one, am a loyal listener, and a self-declared Crime Junkie.

But perhaps what’s most impressive about Crime Junkie is its host, Ashley Flowers, who launched the podcast in 2017 while working a super 9 to 5 job. Since its debut, Crime Junkie has remained at the top of the charts and gets 9 million downloads a month. Yes, you read that right – 9 MILLION! 

So how did Ashley do it? How did she make the decision to leave her cushy corporate job, invest in her side hustle, and take the leap into entrepreneurship? And how on God’s good Earth did she grow it so quickly?

In this episode, you’ll find out. Yes, sweet friend, Ashley is revealing her own story on how she went from a corporate job to becoming a highly successful digital entrepreneur at the helm of an entire podcast network. 

This was a really fun and informative conversation, and in it, Ashley shares:

  • How she took the leap from working a full time job to pursuing her passion 
  • A behind-the-scenes look at her work-week, and how she manages it all
  • Her best tips on how to grip listeners with a good story
  • The inspiration behind her first book, and her book-writing process

So get comfy, pop in those earbuds and get ready to hear Ashley Flowers like you’ve never heard her before.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Aug 03, 2022
Wisdom Wednesday: How To Get 1,000 TikTok Followers
05:28

In this short and sweet Wisdom Wednesday, I pulled a clip from an interview I did with TikTok expert, Elise Dharma! I love this advice because she shares three easy and strategic ways to gain your first 1,000 TikTok followers. Or, if you already have some followers, these strategies are great for getting a quick boost.

She also shares how to turn those TikTok followers into customers! 

You can listen to the entire interview by heading here: Episode 315: 5 Ways To Use TikTok To Reach More Customers (No Dancing Required) with Elise Darma

Aug 03, 2022
#484: Hindsight is 20/20: 3 Things I Wish I Did When I First Started Out
21:44

I only wish someone would have told me these things 13 years ago

If you’re a human on planet Earth, then there have probably been a million times that you have said, “If only I knew then what I know now, I would have ____________.”

Yes, sweet friend. Hindsight is 20/20, and it’s always so much easier to analyze and evaluate situations when you’re looking back on them in the past, than when you’re in the present moment. 

It’s also easy to look back and blame yourself for any “mistakes” that you made, but the thing is, you were making the best decision you could based on the limited knowledge you had at the time. 

I mean, let’s be real -- I think we all thought that overplucking our eyebrows in the early 2000s was a great idea, but here we are in 2022 spending a small fortune on trying to get those big, beautiful brows back that we once had. 

All jokes aside, in this episode I’m sharing the three biggest things I wish I would have known early on -- things that would have given me a ton of momentum in my business and that would have made an impact on what it looks like today. 

I’m also going to share a couple of things I did do that really moved the needle. Things that I hope you consider doing, too.

As you know, it’s my goal to share my own experiences with you -- both good and bad -- so you can learn from them and create the digital business of your dreams. 

So if you’re ready, pop in those earbuds and tune in!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [05:40] Create regular and consistent content. I struggled and procrastinated with writing blog posts. I didn't hone in on my content system until I started my podcast in 2013. My profits tripled once I started producing regular content. 
  • [09:01] I wish I would have made a quick cash injection while I was formulating and working on my long-term revenue goals. Digital courses were my long game. I should have had a simple offer on the table while building up to my course. 
  • [11:53] I wish I wouldn't have said YES to everything. I needed to push myself, but I really needed to be more discerning from the get-go. Focus on what makes sense to you, your business, and your long-term goals.
  • [16:32] Early on, I followed a step-by-step framework. For me, that was Marie Forleo's B-School. Digital Course Academy is also a step-by-step framework.
  • [17:57] Surround yourself with a community of like-minded entrepreneurs. I surround myself with a great peer group through a mastermind.
Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Aug 02, 2022
#483: How To Be Curious As An Entrepreneur with Calan Breckon
50:04

Why curiosity helps mitigate the fears that come along with entrepreneurship

Fear can be an excellent motivator in business, but it can also completely consume you -- if you let it. Unfortunately, all too many entrepreneurs fall victim to their own fears and as a result, become completely overwhelmed. 

If you can relate to this, then read on, sweet friend, because my guest on today’s episode (and former student!), Calan Breckon, has a really beautiful approach to business – and that’s through curiosity, not fear.

Calan is a Business Coach & Consultant, writer, educator and podcast co-host of Gay Men Going Deeper. 

His business is thriving -- but it hasn’t always been that way. In fact, it took a lot of curiosity, exploration, and a failed launch for Calan to land on a direction for his business that truly lit him up. But by staying curious and asking himself some really difficult questions, he was able to create the digital business of his dreams. 

Today, Calan teaches clients all over the world profitable action steps for creating a successful online business while also building a solid mental foundation -- something that is incredibly important. 

In this episode, Calan opens up about his own journey, and how being curious can help alleviate some of the fears that come along with entrepreneurship. You will also hear: 

  • Calan’s step-by-step exercise on how to identify your 3 core values 
  • How to create a business that is in alignment with your core values
  • Why personal development is so important as an entrepreneur
  • What it looks like to evolve as an entrepreneur (and why it’s okay to do so)

Plus, so much more. So if you’re ready to move from fear to curiosity, grab a pen and paper and get ready to identify your core values!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [12:47] Your business grows at the rate that you are personally growing. You can never outperform your self-image and what you believe about yourself.
  • [16:09] Calan defaulted to the things he loved in his business. He loves tech and brought all of those aspects to their new business. His colleagues prefer doing the forward-facing stuff.
  • [18:31] Through his journey of curiosity Calan discovered what really lights him up and that's getting on calls and helping people. 
  • [22:54] In every relationship communication is key. There needs to be an ability to have those difficult conversations and integrate your business with your core values.
  • [28:39] Calan’s process for identifying your core values or the things that you feel are the most important in relation to how you live your life. 
  • [31:23] Get a pen and paper and identify the following: a time in your life when you were happiest both personally and professionally, a time in your life when you were the most proud personally and professionally, times when you felt the most fulfilled and satisfied.
  • [33:02] Make a list of your top 10 core values and compare them to one another. Once you discover your top core values use them as guideposts for making decisions in your life.
  • [41:10] It's also important to take a step back and analyze what is working and what's not working and why it may not be working.
Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Jul 28, 2022
Wisdom Wednesday: A Content Tip For Course Creators
06:37

Welcome to my first Wisdom Wednesday Episode!

Each week, I’ll be bringing you a short five to ten minute episode with some of my favorite bits of wisdom that have been shared on Online Marketing Made Easy in the past. 

With over 500 episodes, it’s easy to forget or recall strategies or mindset shifts you’ve learned along the way. 

Some clips will be from solo episodes… and others will be from interviews I’ve done. But they’ll both have something in common… they are invaluable tidbits of wisdom worth hearing over and over again. 

This week, I'm sharing one of my favorite content tips for course creators! We're also talking about the power of repetition and free content versus paid content. 

Wanna listen to the entire episode that this clip was pulled from? You can check it out here: Episode #297: Grow Your Business & Revenue: 6 MUST DO Action Items to Make Magic Between Launches

Enjoy six minutes of a knowledge packed episode!

Jul 27, 2022
#482: Entrepreneurship Rule #1: You Have To Get In The Game
18:22

Spoiler alert: You cannot win a game you do not play

Do you ever think back to when you were a kid playing sports, and what you felt like as you stood on the sidelines of the soccer field, or the ice skating rink, or basketball court? 

For me, it was cheerleading. 

If you were anything like me, you were probably a little bit nervous (ok… let’s be real -- a lot nervous). Your palms were sweaty, you felt your heart beating through your chest, and even though you had been practicing for weeks, you were afraid to get out there.

All of a sudden your coach looks at you and says, “Go.” She gives you a nudge, and just like that, game on – it’s go time.  

And somehow, once you’re in motion all your fear disappears. All of that nervous energy turns into adrenaline and you think to yourself, “I’ve got this.” 

You feel incredible because you’re doing it, and you didn’t think you could. 

Now, you’re probably wondering why I’m sharing sports analogies with you, and I’ll tell you, sweet friend -- it’s because if you want to be successful as an entrepreneur, you have to be able to get in the game, get into motion without hesitation. 

You have to be willing to take calculated risks, willing to fail, and willing to put yourself out there without feeling 100% ready. If I’ve learned one thing over the years, it’s that there’s power in being in the game, even if it’s imperfect. 

In this episode, you’ll hear about a recent experience where my own ability to take a calculated risk was put to the test. Yes, it was uncomfortable… and yes, I was afraid I was going to embarrass myself. But I did it, and let me tell you, it was totally worth it.

So if you’re ready to hear what it is, grab your favorite iced beverage, turn up the volume, and tune in. And I promise, no more sports analogies. ;)

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [02:25] You know that being an entrepreneur is so much more than owning a business or multiple businesses. Managing your mindset can be more difficult than any of the other tasks that we do.
  • [03:10] Failure only gives you the opportunity to grow. It's hard to get in this frame of mind, when things aren't going well, but remind yourself that you're learning and growing. 
  • [04:31] Hobie and I bought an NFT. When the auction happened, I realized that I didn't know what I needed until I got in the game and tried it. 
  • [06:53] That night, I realized that I learned five things that I never would have learned by reading books or watching videos, or asking questions. I had to get off the sidelines and get into action!
  • [10:42] You do not know what you need to know until you get in the game. Where are you standing on the sidelines? There's a point where you need to cut bait and get in the game.
  • [14:21] If you're struggling in an area or chasing a goal or chasing a dream, and you're clear on what you want, then where do you need to get in the game now?
  • [16:25] Remember, no time is going to be perfect. Getting in the game will be the best education that you could possibly imagine.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Jul 26, 2022
#481: How To Stop Juggling ALL The Things With Shunta Grant
49:07

Learn how to be intentional with how you organize and spend your time

If I could make a wild guess, I’d say that ‘entrepreneur’ is just one of the many hats that you wear. In fact, you probably have a laundry list of roles that you fill on a day-to-day basis -- mother, father, wife, husband, fur-parent, housekeeper, chef, chauffeur, personal shopper, gardener, accountant -- the list goes on. 

And with all that you’ve got going on in your life, I’m sure you’ve probably wondered, “How the heck do I keep up with everything and have a successful business?”

Sweet friend, if I had a dollar every time I asked myself that question, I’d be quite rich. And when I do, I remind myself that I don’t have to hustle through it all. Life is so much more fulfilling when you have more white space, more quiet time with loved ones, and more time for yourself. 

But like many things, that’s easier said than done. In order to achieve that sort of balance, you have to be intentional with how you organize and spend your time – and my guest on this episode is an expert when it comes to doing that. 

Her name is Shunta Grant, and she’s on a mission to help women live lives of intention, leading with self-awareness and self-love. Sounds pretty great, right? 

I loved this conversation with Shunta because I learned so much about how I can set habits and routines that compliment my life, and I won’t lie – her philosophy is a bit different from many others in this space.

So if you’re ready to stop going through the motions and start living in the present, tune in to hear: 

  • The difference between being productive and being efficient
  • Strategies on how to balance being an entrepreneur and a parent without falling victim to the hustle mentality
  • How to create a routine that connects you to who you are and what you want

The philosophy behind her brand, Best Today

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [06:33] Shunta began her career as an attorney. She realized that she wanted to create resources that plan humanity first, as opposed to doing and doing.
  • [07:25] She created Best Today to provide resources to help us center on our humanity. They help customers optimize their time focusing on mental, emotional, and physical well-being every day.
  • [07:50] Everything they do is built on the four principles of proaction, intentionality, self-awareness, and self-love. We need all four to live an intentional life and grow an intentional business.
  • [11:03] If you're clear on who you are and what you want, you will produce the things you want. Slow down and make sure the destination is the place where you want to be.
  • [13:22] Who are you? What do you want? Sit down and write out the answers to these questions and give yourself the freedom to dream.
  • [17:26] If you were worthy, what would you want? Dream every day for 10 minutes. Keep asking yourself what you want and reminding yourself that you are deserving of all of it.
  • [19:06] It's okay to throw the idea of balance out the window. Ask yourself what you really want? Honor the season that you are in. It's a container, not a restriction. Caring for children is a season. 
  • [24:06] 1. Honor the season you are in. 2. Stop comparing. 3. Take the time to prune those things that aren't feeding what's the most important.
  • [30:00] We all have routines, they just may not all be healthy. We need to create healthy routines, so that when we feel triggers we know what positive action we'll take.
  • [31:44] 1. Routines solve problems. 2. They help you to create harmony in your home. 3. They also help you create boundaries for what matters. 
  • [35:03] A lot of people don't believe they are worthy to live an intentional life. You are worthy of the effort it takes to live an intentional life. You were born worthy.
Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Jul 21, 2022
#480: Time Blocking 101: How I Schedule My Time In 4 Easy Steps
16:11

How time blocking has transformed my life, my business and my stress levels

Close your eyes and imagine this super dreamy scenario:

You wake up in the morning excited for the workday, and are crystal clear on what you have to accomplish.

You feel 100% prepared because you know exactly what’s expected of you.

You have all of the information you need to be successful at your fingertips.

You cruise through each task effortlessly, and even have time to take several breaks.

You end the day feeling productive, successful, and not the least bit overwhelmed.

This is not some sort of weird alternate universe. In fact, this exact workday is easily achievable, and I know that because I live and breathe it every. single. day. 

Yes, sweet friend. I have developed a very specific formula for structuring my workdays, and time blocking is a big part of it. It helps me stay clear and focused on what my outcomes are, and knock out my task list without context switching. 

Let me tell you, this little formula of mine has helped me immensely in my business, and I am so excited to share it with you. In this episode, you’ll hear:

  • What time blocking is and why it’s been a game changer for my business
  • The specific tools I use to block out my days, and how I go about it step-by-step
  • How I’m able to take multiple breaks a day and still be productive
  • How I use the Full Focus Planner alongside technology to stay on track

So if you’re ready to transform your work days for the better, pop in those earbuds and give this episode a listen. I promise, you’ll thank me.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [02:38] There's an art and a science to how I block my time. It took me a few years to nail it down, but now I have a very specific formula to help me stay on track.
  • [03:30] Time blocking is crucial to my business, because it helps me get really clear about the action items I'm going to be doing that day.
  • [04:14] It all starts with Google Calendar and my project management tool Asana. You can even use it if you have a one-man or one-woman show. 
  • [10:52] I also use my Full Focus planner to get the most out of my time blocks. I use it to identify my top three priorities for the day. Come rain or shine, these three things get done!
  • [13:27] Recap: Schedule time blocks along with non-negotiables. Time blocks are assigned to me in Asana with more specifics. I write down my three priorities for the next day. If something doesn't get done, we reschedule.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Jul 19, 2022
#479: Money In The Bank: 6 Fun Strategies For A Quick Cash Injection
26:11

Use these tried and true strategies if you want to make money quickly

How many times have you wanted to invest in yourself or in your business but you didn’t have the extra cash on hand to make it happen? 

Maybe you really wanted to learn how to create, launch and sell your digital course by taking Digital Course Academy, or finally hire that virtual assistant that you so desperately need. 

There’s nothing worse than having a resource at your fingertips (that you know will help take you to the next level) but not being able to spend money on it -- because let’s be real, life is pretty darn expensive. 

I get it, I’ve been there… many times.

And that’s why I’m so excited to share five different strategies you can use for a quick cash injection into your business. 

Sweet friend, I only wish I would have had these in my back pocket when I first got started and was super strapped for cash, because they’re just that good. And best of all, they’re really easy to implement.

So if you’re ready to learn how you can easily make a quick buck (or thousands) and provide value to your audience, then grab a notepad and tune into this episode that will certainly be a game changer for you and your business. 

Enjoy this step-by-step episode!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [07:47] 1. Offer limited online or in-person one-on-one sessions. You have knowledge and know-how in a specific area, and other people would love to learn from you. 
  • [11:33] 2. Offer limited group coaching spots. Follow the same steps as above but tweak some of your pricing.
  • [13:06] 3. Audit your spending habits. Find hidden dollars and cut back a little on the pleasure spending. See how much you can save by temporarily eliminating some of your purchases. 
  • [17:32] 4. Host a lower ticket challenge. Teach similar strategies or practices that you would teach in your group or one-on-one sessions. 
  • [20:46] 5. Create a PDF guide or worksheet of something you already teach and you know your audience loves. Then sell this guide or worksheet for a low-cost. 
  • [22:57] 6. Offer your insight through market research. Use legit online survey companies like Swagbucks, Survey Junkie, and User Interviews.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Jul 14, 2022
#478: 5 Weeks Unplugged: Lessons From My Sabbatical
22:19

The unexpected gift I received from taking 5 weeks off.

I just got back from a five-week-long sabbatical, and holy smokes, sweet friend — it was so much different than I thought it would be.

Now, if you have been with me for a while (or listened to Sabbatical 101: How I’m Prepping for 30 Days Away From My Business), you know that taking an extended time away from my business is something that I have been wanting to do for years. It took a lot of preparation, hard work, and countless lattes — but I made it happen! 

Going into it I had some expectations about how things would go. I knew that I would have the time of my life at Chloe’s wedding in Mexico and that I’d create some really great memories with my family at our new lake house. I also knew that being away from my business might cause some anxiety, but heck, that’s what skinny margs are for, right? 

But something happened over the course of my sabbatical that I didn’t expect. As I got further and further away from my business, I realized A LOT about myself that I wasn’t necessarily ready to confront. There was an emotional and eye-opening component to my time away that I was not prepared for — and if you know me, you know I like to be prepared.

Now, don’t get me wrong, I am SO glad that I took this sabbatical, and in the end, I walked away with a life-changing gift

… But would I do it again? You’ll just have to tune in to find out.

Here’s a glance at this episode…

  • [03:01] I just finished my five-week sabbatical!
  • [04:47] The good: I loved spending so much time with Hobie. I went at a slower pace and took the time to really take care of myself.
  • [07:03] The bad: It was really difficult to disconnect. After Mexico, my head started to spiral around work. I had anxiety, which was alarming to me. 
  • [09:26] The ugly: Was that I realized that my identity was in my work. I felt restless when not checking things off of a list. I started to get FOMO. 
  • [11:23] The flip side of identifying with my work so strongly is that I really love my work and feel great about it. I love my team, my students, and all of you listeners!
  • [12:33] The gift: I need to explore who I am beyond my work. I need to feel loved, supported, and accomplished even if I don’t have a thriving business. 
  • [13:17] Would I take five weeks off again. No! Five weeks is too much. I’m thinking two weeks each quarter might be more fitting for me personally.
  • [20:09] You might wonder how I was even able to take so much time off of my business. I’ve created a program called Systems That Scale which is all about how I run my business.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

“I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.” <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Jul 12, 2022
#477: Have A Digital Course In The Works? 5 Ways To Keep Your Audience Engaged Until Your Launch
24:08

The must-dos to make sure your audience is ready for your digital course

Imagine this scenario: 

You’ve got a solid email list. You’ve built up your social media following. You’ve got an engaged audience, they’re resonating with your content, and they want more. You know that the next step would be to serve up a digital course

But here’s the thing. You don’t have a course yet! Not only do you not have a course, you don’t even have it mapped out.

This is a great problem to have -- and the good news is, you are about to learn how to bridge that gap until you have your digital course up and running. 

And let me tell you, this period of time -- when you have an audience who is genuinely excited and interested in your topic -- is very important, because the last thing you want to do is lose their attention. 

In this episode, you’re going to learn what you absolutely must do to make sure that you’re creating content that will set your audience up perfectly for moving into your digital course when the time comes. 

You’ll also take away five tangible ways that you can stay top of mind while you work diligently behind the scenes to bring your box office digital course to life.

I hope you have your listening ears on because this episode is jam packed full of my best tips and tricks -- so tune in and enjoy!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [05:11] Before you launch, do a 30-60 day pre launch runway to build momentum and attract a bigger audience. 
  • [08:38] Be mindful about what you're putting out there. Find your ideal customer avatar, and create content for them that aligns with your future course. 
  • [11:16] Ask yourself: Where is my audience now and where do they need to be? What do they need to learn? What mindset shifts do they need to make?
  • [12:17] Strategy 1: Tell stories about how you or other people have gotten results through your process.
  • [12:57] Strategy 2: Take them behind the scenes. People love it when you share little tidbits about your life and business.
  • [14:55] Strategy 3: Hint to your audience that you have a program coming their way. Have conversations that help them move forward towards your course.
  • [18:21] Strategy 4: Create a waitlist landing page and segment the emails that come in through that page. Ask your audience to sign up to get the latest news.
  • [20:12] During your pre-launch runway, create weekly content that's aligned with your upcoming course. Email your subscribers and share a lead magnet weekly.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Jul 07, 2022
#476: I’m Writing A Book! A Look At The Good, The Bad, and The Ugly
23:20

If you’ve ever considered writing a book, here’s what you need to know

If you have been listening for the past few months, you’ve probably heard me mention that I’m writing a book. This has been a dream of mine for as long as I can remember, and with a lot of hard work and a little help from the universe, it’s happening. 

I have been in full-swing book writing mode, and as a ‘first-timer,’ I’m learning a lot. It’s been quite the process, and there’s much more to it than I initially anticipated -- but let me tell you, it’s been incredibly rewarding to see this little dream of mine come to life. 

Perhaps what I’m most excited about is the fact that I know this book is going to help so many women find the confidence to leave behind what’s no longer serving them, and move into what lights them up. To me, that makes all the latte-fueled early mornings worth it.

And because writing a book can be a game-changer for your content marketing strategy, I figured that I would give you the full report on what my experience has been like so far. In this episode, you’ll hear: 

  • My inspiration for writing this book, and what pushed me to make it happen
  • What was most important to me in a publisher, and how I chose one
  • What the book writing process has been like and the challenges I’ve had
  • My experience working with a book editor

If you’ve ever considered writing a book, you’re definitely going to want to check out this episode -- so grab your pen and paper, and tune in!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [05:09] The inspiration for my book comes from an avatar that I serve — a woman who is still in her 9 to 5 job, but knows there’s more out there for her.
  • [08:53] It's my goal to give women (and men) permission to make a pivot in their life and leave whatever doesn't serve them anymore. 
  • [09:24] I also wanted to show people how to launch and grow a successful online business once they take the leap into entrepreneurship. 
  • [11:58] I have two agents who helped me navigate meetings with publishers. I ended up landing a deal with Hay House, who gave me a great advance. 
  • [15:16] Rehashing stories from the past and digging up past experiences was a much bigger challenge than I thought it would be.
  • [20:37] Get on the waitlist for Two Weeks Notice to get fabulous bonuses, the latest details, and be part of the launch.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Jul 05, 2022
#475: Changing The Face Of Investing & Leaving A Legacy with Arlan Hamilton
58:58

From living in the SFO airport to running $20M in VC funds, Arlan shares her incredible journey

My guest on this episode is an absolute inspiration -- and I don’t say that lightly. Her name is Arlan Hamilton, and she is the managing partner of Backstage Capital, a company that she founded while houseless.

Backstage Capital is a new kind of Venture Capitalism (VC) -- one that invests in founders who are people of color, women, and/or LGBTQ+. Arlan identifies as all three. 

And as if running 20 million dollars in VC funds isn’t enough to fill her plate, she’s also an author, speaker, and host of her own podcast, Your First Million. Her other company, Runner, connects inclusive companies with operations talent. 

Arlan is doing really big things in a really big way. I admire her so much -- not only is she making the business landscape a heck of a lot better for underrepresented founders and entrepreneurs, but she is creating a legacy for generations to come. 

I am SO excited for you to hear this important conversation, sweet friend, because it’s pretty powerful. In our interview, you’ll hear: 

  • Arlan’s journey to becoming an activist entrepreneur
  • Ways you can support people of color, women, and the LGBTQ+ entrepreneurial communities
  • How to deal with rejection while still moving forward
  • What you can do to be a good candidate for gaining an investor

I hope this episode is just as insightful and inspiring for you as it was for me. So if you’re ready to meet Arlan, pop in your Airpods, get comfy, and enjoy!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [03:07] A decade ago, Arlan Hamilton didn't know what a venture capitalist was. Now, she represents people who aren't traditionally represented in the venture capital space.
  • [04:03] She had big goals and dreams, but she didn't think that venture capital would get her somewhere. 
  • [10:39] Arlan was on the cover of Fast Company, along with other black women on the cover were Oprah, Beyoncé, and Serena Williams. Her venture capital firm has invested in over 200 companies so far.
  • [25:53] Before you attempt to fundraise, get dialed in on what you truly need. When making a pitch, lean in to what is great about your company. Investors like it when you can show profit or have a large waiting list.
  • [33:44] Runner is another company Arlan has that connects talent with great companies. It helps inclusive companies find assistants. 
  • [41:39] Arlan shares the amazing story of how she ended up sitting in the front row of a Janet Jackson concert, and how later in life, she was able to do the same for other concert goers.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Jun 30, 2022
#474: Ways To Shake Things Up When You (& Your Team) Need A Reset
17:24

If your usual routine has you feeling uninspired, try doing something different

Do you ever get that feeling that you need to shake things up a bit in your business? 

Maybe things have started to feel a little bit stagnant, or you’re not as excited about your online business as you once were. Maybe you feel like you’re just going through the motions, and are getting bored. Or maybe you’re just in need of some good old fashioned fun and quality time spent with your team.

Whatever it might be for you, I’m a true believer in shaking things up from time to time. I find that by doing something different -- just for the heck of it -- I come back feeling more creative, more energized, and more excited than ever about my business. 

Recently, I started to get that itch to mix it up, so I did something that I’ve never done in Team Amy Porterfield history -- and let me tell you, it was so worth it. 

In this episode, you’ll hear exactly what I did to connect, reset, and have some fun with my team -- plus some other ideas of things you can do when you start to feel a bit uninspired by your usual routine.

And more than anything, I hope this helps you realize that it’s not always about the hustle and grind. Taking the time to laugh, have fun, and experience new things -- whether it’s with your team or on your own -- will only help you become a better entrepreneur. 

Happy listening!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [05:36] Every quarter I meet up with my leadership team for a meeting. We do a lot of brainstorming, deep diving, and troubleshooting.
  • [07:18] Usually we get straight to work, but it's been an intense quarter, and I wanted to shake things up. I decided to take everyone to Disneyland.
  • [10:53] After returning from Disneyland, we had a great meeting. I attribute the meeting’s success to the fact that we had fun and connected the day before. 
  • [12:15] You don’t need to do anything expensive to shake things up. You can do a volunteer day, go on a picnic, hike, or just be in nature.
  • [13:00] If you're a solopreneur, you can shake things up by going on a retreat, an inspiring trip, or attending an event. It’s all about doing something different.
  • [14:15] You can also consider a total immersion weekend. Go somewhere you haven’t been and brainstorm on ways to improve your business.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Jun 28, 2022
#473: Let's Cut The Fluff: How Are You, Really? with Jenna Kutcher
40:10

How to ditch the golden handcuffs and create a life on your terms

As a photographer, influencer, course creator, author, and host of the wildly popular Goal Digger podcast, Jenna Kutcher is one of the most talented content creators out there. I love and respect Jenna so much not only because she is a digital marketing extraordinaire, but she’s hands down one of the most grounded women that I know. 

And despite all of her success, what’s most impressive about Jenna is that her driving force has never really been about the hustle. She’s embraced the simple notion that we -- women especially -- crave a life of fulfillment, and has managed to create a life on her own terms while building an incredibly lucrative business. 

It’s possible, friend, and Jenna is living proof.

Now normally when Jenna is on the show, we talk shop about all things online marketing (in fact, she recently joined me for an episode about how to launch a podcast – check it out here if you missed it.) 

But in this conversation, we talk about the things that are important in becoming a successful entrepreneur but all-too-often get overlooked – like your sense of identity, whether or not your work is aligning with your values, and your purpose

On paper, these things might not sound like a big deal, but trust me on this one -- they are -- and that’s why I am so excited to share this episode with you. In it, Jenna and I discuss:

  • How to take inventory of your life and what to do with the information that surfaces
  • The meaning of ‘golden handcuffs’ and how you can get out of them
  • What to do if you feel like you’ve traded your 9 to 5 job for a 24/7 business
  • How to overcome the fear of asking for help when you need it most
  • The inspiration for her new book How Are You, Really?: Living Your Truth One Answer at a Time

So whether you’re still in the throws of the 9 to 5 grind, have just started your business, or are an established online entrepreneur, this episode has something for everyone -- because in the end, I think it’s safe to say that we all desire the same thing -- to be fulfilled.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [06:07] Reframing is extremely powerful, and can be helpful when you find yourself fearful of something.
  • [07:42] If you want to find ways to do more meaningful work, look at your calendar ahead and take a life inventory. Are you passionate about it? Does it align with your values? Does it bring you joy? 
  • [10:38] Learn how to rest in the present outside of work, so that when you are in work-mode, you’re laser-focused. 
  • [15:06] Golden handcuffs are benefits like unlimited vacation that make people feel stuck in the workplace. Do these really add value to your life?
  • [19:28] Entrepreneurship can get you to a life of freedom and choice, but you have to have a "why" that’s stronger than your work.
  • [24:24] The more you ask for help, the easier it becomes to ask for and receive it. Accept help if you want to live out your vision.
  • [28:39] You never know when the power of your story will inspire someone else to keep showing up in their life. You could literally change someone's trajectory.
  • [33:02] How Are You, Really?: Living Your Truth One Answer at a Time is Jenna's new book for women who are looking to come home to themselves.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Jun 23, 2022
#472: Perfectionism Vs. Procrastination: What’s REALLY Happening
13:50

Being a perfectionist only holds you back from taking action

If I were a gambling woman, I’d bet there’s been a couple of times where you’ve really struggled to make a decision, or procrastinated taking action on something because it wasn’t 100% perfect. Maybe it was a really big decision, like whether or not you should launch your business or a podcast. Or maybe it was something smaller, like deploying a new ad, or lead magnet. 

As entrepreneurs, we are faced with decision after decision, day after day. Quite frankly, It can be exhausting. But I’m going to clue you in on something really important: It’s crucial that you’re able to make an informed decision quickly if you want to truly grow your business. 

So many people procrastinate taking action because they are striving for perfection. But I’m here to tell you, sweet friend, that hemming and hawing over something only means one thing -- you’re delaying the inevitable. 

While you’re wasting precious time, you could be gaining momentum and getting results. And even if you totally fail, you have an opportunity to learn from your mistakes and then knock it out of the park the next time. 

As my old boss Tony Robbins says, it’s all about taking massive action -- and I can confidently say that my own ability to take action on things quickly has been a big contributor to my own success. 

And that’s why I thought I’d share some of my own thoughts and experiences on this topic so that if you struggle with making decisions, or think your perfectionism is holding you back, you will have a much easier time the next time around.

Alright, friend. Grab that iced latte and get ready to make your next decision quickly and confidently, like a real boss.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Jun 21, 2022
#471: 6 Tactical Strategies To Keep Your Evergreen Students Engaged From Start To Finish
35:37

When your students fall off the horse, use these strategies to get them back on

If you have an evergreen course, then this episode is for you, sweet friend because I’m diving deep into an issue that most evergreen course creators face -- and that’s losing the attention and engagement of your students. 

And even if you haven’t created your evergreen course yet, if you’ve ever taken one, you know exactly what I’m talking about. You’re cruising through the modules, taking notes, learning a ton, and then all of the sudden… life happens. Your focus shifts to something else that’s going on (your family, your job, or the final season of Ozark), and you fall off the proverbial evergreen course horse. 

Without you being there live to cheer your students on to the finish line, some dropoff is bound to happen. After all, we’re all human. Let’s be real -- it even happens in my evergreen course, List Builders Society, and I’ve been in the game for 13 years now!

Luckily, I have some tools in my arsenal to help combat the dreaded engagement drop-off that I’m going to share with you in this episode. Over the years, I’ve found that these strategies have significantly helped keep my audience interested and engaged, which is a win-win for everyone. 

So if you want your students to show up bright-eyed and bushy-tailed, excited, and ready to learn throughout the entire duration of your course, then open up that Google doc and get ready to take notes -- because this episode is packed with my very best tips.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Jun 16, 2022
#470: How I Overcame My Fear Of Getting Personal On Social Media
16:07

Opening up on social media can be hard, but it will pay off in the long run

Have you ever truly thought about what life was like before social media

I may be dating myself, but I remember writing notes to friends and family and dropping them in the mail, snapping pictures with Polaroid cameras, and calling a friend (whose phone number I knew by heart) when I needed some social interaction, instead of scrolling through Instagram. 

It was a totally different time -- not any better, and not any worse than it is now -- but I will say that the connection you felt from sharing your life with a few close friends as opposed to hundreds or thousands on social media was something really special. 

Life was a bit more mysterious because everything we did wasn’t available for everybody to see, let alone have an opinion about. 

I won’t lie -- I have struggled with posting about my personal life on social media, and if you take a look at my Instagram feed you’ll see that while there are some personal posts sprinkled throughout, it’s mostly business content. 

I’m pretty reserved when it comes to opening up about my marriage, my insecurities, and being a step-mom for a couple of reasons, which you’ll hear about in this episode. 

That being said, over time, I realized that in order to have the business that I dreamt of having, I needed to let my audience in – and little by little, that’s just what I did. 

So I thought it would be great to share how I’ve managed to overcome some of the anxiety I’ve had about sharing personal content on social platforms because let’s be real, it can be intimidating to do if you’re a private person -- but it’s also a necessary part of being an online entrepreneur in 2022.

In this episode, you’ll hear: 

  • The limiting beliefs that held me back from posting personal content for years
  • How I’ve managed to overcome anxiety about letting people into my personal life online
  • What it's like to have a partner who doesn’t love social media, and how we’ve found a way to make it enjoyable and comfortable for both of us

Happy listening!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Jun 14, 2022
#469: How To Get Exactly What You Want with Julie Solomon
40:10

Your playbook on how to establish boundaries, stop people-pleasing and release control

One of my best gal pals Julie Solomon is the textbook definition of a triple threat entrepreneur. She’s the host of The Influencer Podcast, has launched several successful online programs and masterminds, and is a first-time author of the much-anticipated book, Get What You Want. 

I respect and admire Julie so much because she’s all about helping online entrepreneurs master the skillsets needed to go from having a side hustle to a profitable, sustainable business. And what I find most impressive about her is that she is all about helping women to turn their own messages into movements, and ​​empowering them to impact the world. She really is an entrepreneur after my own heart. 

In this episode, Julie shares her best tools and advice for creating a life and business that lights you up -- and as you know, this is crucially important as an entrepreneur. You’ll learn:

  • Ways to be productive without being in a ‘hustle state’
  • The 3 tools to freedom that will help you establish boundaries, stop people-pleasing, and release control
  • How to step out of your comfort zone in order to land amazing PR opportunities
  • Tips on how to communicate with clarity and confidence
  • The inspiration behind her new book, Get What You Want

Not only will you learn some hot tips on how to become the best entrepreneurial version of yourself possible, but I know that you’ll walk away loving Julie just as much as I do.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Jun 09, 2022
#468: 3 Pieces of Advice That Have Made Me A Better Entrepreneur
18:50

These words of wisdom have been essential to my growth as a business owner

As an entrepreneur, I’m sure you’ve gotten advice about how to run your business from just about everybody -- your family, your friends, your next-door neighbor, even the random barista at Starbucks that you happened to strike up a conversation with. 

Sometimes it’s good, sometimes it’s bad. And sometimes, you get a piece of advice that’s so significant that it sticks with you for years and years. It pushes you to become a better version of yourself, gives you perspective, and calms your mind. 

There are three pieces of advice I’ve gotten that have had that sort of impact on my life. Yes, just three -- and I’m going to share them with you in this episode. 

And what’s great about this advice is that it doesn’t discriminate. It doesn’t care who you are, or what’s happened in your past -- it’s universal. And while it can apply to anyone in any situation, I’ve found it to be particularly helpful in navigating the unique challenges that come along with being an entrepreneur. 

It’s my hope that these pieces of advice help you as much as they’ve helped me. Enjoy!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Jun 07, 2022
#467: How To Host A Live Virtual Event That Will Wow Your Audience
36:38

My step-by-step process for pulling off an online event like a pro

Lights… Camera…. Start video? 

Live events sure look a whole lot different these days than they used to, wouldn’t you say? 

When I first started my entrepreneurial journey 13 years ago, in-person events were really the only way to get your community together in one place at the same time. Today, we have countless options available to connect with our audiences Live, and most of them don’t even require us to leave the house.

Don’t get me wrong, in-person events are great, and are still an excellent option depending on what your goals are -- but there are also many things to consider, which I’ll talk about in this episode. 

What I really want to share with you is how you can pull off a live, virtual event like a pro -- because let me tell you, I have found immense value in connecting with my students in this way -- and not just monetarily. 

But just like a Live in-person event, a Live virtual event takes a good amount of planning and preparation -- and there’s also a lot going on behind the scenes when the camera is rolling that you might not even be aware of.

The good news is, I’ve got my virtual events running like a well-oiled machine, and in this episode, I’m sharing my top tips on how to host one that will blow your customer’s socks off. You’ll learn: 

  • The pros and cons of live in-person events and Live virtual events
  • How far in advance you should start planning your event
  • What to consider when planning your content, and how to create a theme
  • How to determine whether you should sell at your event, or simply nurture
  • The technology I use to pull my Live virtual events off without a hitch
  • Where you can host your virtual event if you don’t want to host at home

Alright, friend. Tune in, take notes, and get ready to rock your virtual stage.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [06:15] Let’s talk about Live virtual events versus in-person events. Virtual events have a huge ROI. They have a larger outreach and attendance rate. They are more accessible and lower cost for attendees. More people equals more sales. It's also more cost-effective and great for introverts.
  • [11:56] Six key decisions include: When are you having it? What is your theme? How long will it be? Will you be selling? What platform will you use? Where will you host it?
  • [12:19] When will you host your event? Get those dates on the calendar. It takes time to plan, organize, and fill up the event.
  • [13:50] What will your theme be? Choosing the theme comes down to who's your audience, whether it's a bonus and the season of the event.
  • [15:22] How long will your event be? The sweet spot is different for everyone. Set the length for what makes the most sense for your audience and your promise for the event.
  • [17:00] Will you be selling or is this a bonus event to nurture your audience or a mix of both? Selling from stage can be seamless, but you have to plan for it.
  • [18:48] What platform will you host on? We are using Vimeo for our virtual live events. You always need a backup plan when it comes to using technology. 
  • [20:38] Where will you host your virtual event? If you have the space and availability to host it at home, it will save a lot of time and stress. You could also rent an Airbnb or event space.
  • [24:26] Create a theme for each day of your event. This helps plan out the content. You want to create a feeling of connection and if you are selling, lead into the product. Make commitments on the last day.
  • [28:55] It's very important to practice your presentation in advance. When you choose speakers make sure that they are in line with the event. Choose speakers that add massive value. You can do book buys or compensate the speaker.
  • [35:36] I challenge you to host a virtual live event this year. It has immense value and strengthens your relationship with your audience. Start working through the six key decisions.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Jun 02, 2022
#466: A Tangible Approach For Tripling Your Time Management Capacity with Ed Mylett
48:19

Ed shares his best mindset tips for achieving happiness and success simultaneously

My guest on this episode is a top business leader, peak performance expert, and global keynote speaker who just happens to be the go-to guy for building happiness and success simultaneously -- and let’s be real, who doesn’t want to do that?! 

His name is Ed Mylett, and if you haven’t heard any of his content before, listen closely because he is someone whom I highly respect in both business and life. 

And here’s the thing about Ed. He’s one of the fastest-growing business personalities in the history of social media, with an uncanny ability to cut through the noise with his straightforward messaging. But Ed isn’t just an influencer who “talks the talk.” He’s a self-made millionaire who has built one of the most prolific financial service businesses the world has ever seen, among many others.

Now, a big part of what’s made Ed such a successful entrepreneur is his mindset. And if you’ve been listening for a while, you know that achieving success in anything takes more than just strategy and tactics -- it takes a bulletproof mindset, too. 

Ed is truly a master of mindset, and in this episode, he shares the habits that have helped make him the entrepreneur that he is today. You’ll learn: 

  • The key to managing overwhelm when setting out to achieve life goals
  • What a single action thought, or association can do to transform how you feel
  • The concept around “One More” and how it can reshape your mindset
  • How changing your identity can influence each part of your life
  • What anyone can do to triple their time management capacity
  • How can asking yourself the right questions can advance the quality of your life
  • How repetition can produce serious results 

As you can see, this episode is jam-packed with ways to become the best entrepreneur (and human) that you can be.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [11:07] When you think of the power of one more, flip the script. What if the opportunity was taken away from you.?
  • [12:22] Self-confidence is the process of keeping the promises you make to yourself. Doing one more can make you superhuman.
  • [15:10] Successful people aren't lucky. They just notice the things around them that they are thinking about. 
  • [16:31] Overwhelm is trying to process results that are higher than your identity level. You create the emotion because you're starting to exceed your identity.
  • [20:03] The trilogy of identity is faith, intention, and association. If you have faith, carry it with you, focus on your intention, and associate yourself with people who are achieving at a higher level. 
  • [22:23] Let your mess be your message.
  • [37:42] Live your life with intention and realize how precious it really is.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Jun 01, 2022
#465: How I’m Prepping for 30 Days Away From My Business
24:00

Here’s how to pull off a sabbatical and make sure you actually enjoy taking it

Have you ever thought about taking a sabbatical

When I say sabbatical, I mean taking an extended period of time away from your business or work to travel, pursue your interests, or heck, just relax.

I don’t know about you, but for many years I thought that only people with careers in higher education were “allowed” to take a sabbatical because I’ve never heard about anyone in a typical 9 to 5 jetting off for a month (or more) to do whatever their heart pleases.

That’s why I am beyond grateful to have my own business, which gives me so much – especially the opportunity to create the life I want to live. And guess what? Taking a sabbatical is a part of it. 

Four years ago I made the commitment to take a sabbatical, and this summer I’m actually doing it. I’ll be taking 30 whole days away from my business to relax, spend quality time with friends and family, and completely disconnect. 

Yes, I said it: Completely disconnect. There will be no check-ins, emails, Slack messages, or Asana tasks. I’m going off the grid from my business, and I’ve got my team set up to win.

I know, I know. You’re probably thinking, “But Amy, you’re obsessed with your business. How on Earth can you be confident that everything will run smoothly AND be totally present while you’re away?” 

And that’s what this episode is all about. In it, I’ll share:  

  • How far in advance I started planning for my sabbatical
  • What I’m doing to make sure I have enough content stockpiled
  • The systems I have in place to ensure everything runs on autopilot
  • What I’m most nervous about and excited for
  • How to approach your boss about taking a sabbatical if you’re in a 9 to 5 job

So if you’ve ever considered taking a little break from your business, tune in to hear exactly what I’m doing to set myself (and my team) up for success.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [03:08] I'm taking a sabbatical -- 30 days to rest, recharge, and spend quality time with my friends and family. 
  • [08:25] By completely disconnecting from your business for an extended period of time, you can come back with so much more energy, creativity, and innovation.
  • [10:30] I am stockpiling videos, media, podcasts, and other content for when I’m out. My team had to get any recording requests to me in advance. 
  • [11:22] My executive assistant and I have been mindful of my calendar leading up to the sabbatical. We've also thought about how I'll ease back in when I return.
  • [12:58] Taking a sabbatical does take financial resources and planning. You want to have things squared away before you go. 
  • [13:59] If you still have a 9 to 5 job, you'll most likely have to get approval from your boss. Explain to them how they will benefit from your time away.
  • [15:49] I'm equally excited and nervous about my sabbatical. This will be a challenge for me to fully let go of what’s going on in my business.
  • [17:11] I'm excited because I think I'll come back even better. I'll be recharged and ready to go. 
  • [20:36] It was important to spend my sabbatical somewhere other than my home because I don't trust myself to not text my team or get involved in the business.
  • [22:56] Take out your journal and write down where you want to go, and then DM me @AmyPorterfield on Instagram and let me know.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

May 31, 2022
#464: What Your Enneagram Results Really Mean About You As An Entrepreneur With Ian Morgan Cron
45:50

How you use your strengths and weaknesses to your advantage

An Enneagram is much more than just a funny word. 

It’s a system of personality typing that identifies nine types of people and how they relate to one another and the world. It’s not just a powerful tool for personal growth, but also a great resource for transforming relationships in your personal and professional lives.

You’ve probably heard me talk about Enneagrams on this podcast before because I love this tool SO MUCH. Understanding my own personality -- including my strengths and weaknesses -- as well as how I relate to others has helped me enormously in my business, from hiring the right people to improving my leadership skills. 

That’s why I’m so excited to have Ian Morgan Cron on the show. He’s the real deal when it comes to Enneagrams and a pioneer in the modern Enneagram movement. In this eye-opening episode, we discuss: 

  • What the Enneagram is and how you can use it to transform your life 
  • The nine different Enneagram personalities
  • How to utilize your strengths as a leader based on your personality type
  • What your Enneagram results tell you about how to set up and run your business
  • If your Enneagram results indicate if you’ll be successful as an entrepreneur 

I promise you that this conversation will leave you with a much better understanding of yourself as a leader, and ways that you can hone in on your specific strengths to build a stronger business.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

May 26, 2022
#463: How To Create More White Space & Still Succeed
17:56

What’s the point of working your life away? Instead, let’s do less and make more. 

If you’re a new business owner or are ramping up to launch your business soon, I would hedge a bet that you have some ideas about what it takes to become incredibly successful. In fact, you’re probably thinking that in order to make the kind of money that you want and stay ahead of the game, you’ll need to be working constantly.

But what I’m about to tell you will most likely surprise you, because it goes against what we hear from many entrepreneurs who are in the public eye, and most conventional wisdom.

Ready for it? 

Lean in a little closer…

You do not need to work your life away to be incredibly profitable in your online business.

I wish I would’ve realized this much earlier because now that I’m 13 years into it, I know that the best entrepreneurs value their downtime away from their business

Honestly, I have a little guilt about how much time I spent working when I was ramping up, and in retrospect, I know I could have done even better if I would have allowed for a little bit of rest in my life. 

I know, I know… you’re probably thinking that there’s no way you’ll be able to achieve what you want unless you’re constantly grinding. And that may be true for the first couple of years when you’re just getting started, but once you’ve gotten into a good groove and are making money, you’ve got to ask yourself, what am I doing this for? 

These days I am all about creating a life and business on my terms, and if you’ve been tuning in for a while, you know that last year I transitioned my team to a 4-day workweek. And guess what? We are still meeting our goals, and I’m still able to have a multi-million dollar business. In letting go of my ‘hustle hard’ mentality, I’ve gained so much more than I ever could have imagined -- and I know you will too. 

So if you feel like you’re burning the candle at both ends, tune in to this episode for some peace of mind, and to hear firsthand how I’ve created a successful business without sacrificing what’s most important.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

May 24, 2022
#462: 8 Simple But Powerful Strategies I Used To Hit 1 Million Podcast Downloads
37:23

The step-by-step playbook I used to nearly double my podcast downloads

If you’ve listened to Online Marketing Made Easy for a while, you know that a) it’s been a true labor of love, and b) a) it’s come a loooooong way since I first started it nine years ago.

It’s taken a lot of hard work and late nights burning the midnight oil to become what it is today -- and it's all paid off because we recently hit a MAJOR milestone -- 1 million downloads in a single month. That’s almost DOUBLE the downloads from the previous month! I’m beyond proud of my team, and so incredibly grateful for our listeners! 

But like anything, achieving this goal took a willingness to try something that we’ve never done before, and as always, a little bit of trial and error. Luckily, our perfect storm of strategies worked like a charm, and I am so excited to share them with you in this episode. 

Whether you have a podcast now or are looking to start one soon, this episode will give you a step-by-step playbook on how to increase your downloads in a really big way. 

I share the exact steps of what I did -- not only covering the strategies themselves but everything from the software we used, to where we placed ads -- so grab a pen and paper because you’re definitely going to want to take notes.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [07:57] In December of 2021, we went from being just shy of 600,000 downloads to over one million in January. 
  • [08:42] Strategy #1: We created a quiz that made a curated playlist for listeners. We used Interact to make the quiz, created a landing page for the quiz, and directed listeners to podcasts that would best help them using a PDF. 
  • [14:14] Strategy #2: We did two types of ads during our promo week. 
  • [17:32] Strategy #3: We used Instagram Live for Coffee and Coaching. During the live coaching, I was plugging the quiz. 
  • [20:53] Strategy #4: We were strategic about our promo email sequence – making sure to keep our subscribers engaged. 
  • [22:49] Strategy #6: We drove visitors from our website to our promo using a pop-up box and a sky bar banner.
  • [25:06] Strategy #7: We got scrappy and sent out an email to our students and asked them to help us reach that 1 million mark. If you are a student who helped, I greatly appreciate it!
  • [28:37] Strategy #8: Be super intentional about what episode or episodes you release during your promo week. We wanted a big-name guest and that was my friend Brendon Burchard.
  • [35:30] Action items: Pull out your calendar and select a few dates that would be good for a promo like this!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

May 19, 2022
#461: If You Want Lasting Success, Step Up Your (Long) Game
21:39

This strategy has been used for centuries by the most brilliant minds in business

In a world where most people play the short game, playing the long game offers a big advantage because it ensures your success as an entrepreneur for your entire career. 

If you ask me, that sounds pretty great. So, why doesn’t everybody do it?

The reason why so many entrepreneurs forgo playing the long game (or completely fail at it) is because it’s not exactly easy to do. It takes patience, hard work, and the right mindset in order to master it. Plus, it requires long-term consistency and dedication, which -- let’s face it -- doesn’t sound very exciting, and it’s certainly not sexy. 

But I’m here to tell you that it works. This has been one of the keys to my own success in business, despite the fact that it doesn’t come naturally to me. 

Yes, friend, I’m not ashamed to admit that sometimes I get distracted by shiny short-term outcomes, and let my emotions get the best of me when challenges arise or when I feel the overwhelming pressure to stay ahead of the curve.

That’s why I constantly remind myself that there’s a reason why it’s said that success is a marathon, not a sprint. It’s because the long game is a time-tested strategy that has been used for centuries by the most brilliant minds in business.

In this episode, I not only share how playing the long game can help you get ahead in business, but the mindset you need in order to play the game correctly.

You’ll hear:

  • What to tell yourself when you want to give up completely
  • How to use your failures to help push you forward
  • Why setting long-term goals is key, and can help you win the game
  • Examples of how the long game has gotten me through challenges in my business

Alright, friend. I hope that you enjoy this episode, and after listening to it, you’ll be in-it-to-win-it, for the long haul.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [05:45] Playing the long game is all about your mindset, especially when things don't work out the way that you want them to. 
  • [11:32] If you're playing the long game, then a failure should just be your opportunity to fix something or make it better. 
  • [12:31] Don't be afraid to set audacious long-term goals. With a 3-year plan, you will show up differently versus a 6-month plan. 
  • [14:21] Sometimes it takes a while to achieve the benchmarks and goals that you set for your business. It might be much longer than you thought it would take.
  • [18:13]  You launch, you learn, you tweak, and then you repeat. This is a formula for success!
  • [19:58] You are no longer allowed to have that conversation in your head that you're going to give up or jump ship!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

May 17, 2022
#460: How To Set Up A Flexible Business With Annie Chang: From Live Launching To A Membership To Evergreen Success
39:14

The co-founder of Olea & Fig shares how she generated $200K in digital course revenue in less than 2 years

There is, quite literally, nothing that brings me greater joy than to see my students become incredibly successful. It’s what drives me to keep creating, teaching, and pushing myself to be the best version of myself that I can be.

And that’s why I’m so excited to share this student success story with you. In this episode I’m chatting with one of my students, Annie Chang of Olea and Fig -- an online business that helps women solopreneurs become the “go-to” in their markets by attracting the right customers online.

Annie and her business partner and sister, Terrie, used what they learned in Digital Course Academy to create a thriving online business that works for them. Not only did they generate $200,000 in revenue from their digital course after only two years of being in business, but Annie was even able to take an eight-month maternity leave.

Yes, friend -- you read that correctly. Eight months. If that’s not the definition of a flexible (and ideal) work environment, then I don’t know what is. 

The thing is, they set up their business in a way that all comes back to listening to their audience. And if you’ve been tuning in to this podcast for a while, you know that tapping into your audience’s wants and needs is crucial to having a successful online business. 

In this episode, Annie shares:

  •  How they launched their core program with two completely different offers
  •  When they knew it was time to add a membership program to their business
  •  Their most successful strategy for selling during live launches
  •  How to run an automated challenge and keep the engagement up
  •  Ways to serve two audiences with the same program

This was a super fun and informative conversation, and it’s my hope that Annie and Terrie’s story will give you a little peek at what’s possible.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

May 12, 2022
#459: 4 Ways To Make Sure You’re Growing Along With Your Business
15:44

There’s a reason it’s said that investing in yourself is the best investment you can make

Newsflash: As your business grows, you need to grow too. 

You’re probably thinking, “Well, duh, Amy -- that’s obvious.” And I agree, it is. But the thing is, all-too-many entrepreneurs completely neglect their own growth and development as their business grows.

It’s super easy to do, and believe me, I can relate. You’re so focused and invested in making your business the very best it can be, that you forget about the person behind the scenes, in the trenches, doing all the hard work: Yourself.

You, my friend, are the force behind your business’ success. By giving it everything you’ve got (and more), it’s easy to be left feeling a bit drained and uninspired, which is not a great state to be in if you want to continue achieving. So that’s why it’s crucially important to invest in yourself, so you continue to grow right along with your thriving business.

It doesn’t need to be anything major, friend -- and as you’ll see, what I do in order to continue growing is very simple. Think about it like a little tune-up. Every once in a while, you have to take a pause, check yourself, and take a little time to ensure that you’re running on all cylinders. 

Believe me, after listening to this episode, you’ll understand why it’s said that the best investment you can make is in yourself.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

May 10, 2022
#458: You Asked, I Answered: 6 List Building Questions I Hear Most Often
28:39

Newsflash: When your email list grows, so does your business

I get asked about list building allllll. the. time. And when I say all the time, I mean in my DMs, in my Lives, on social media -- everywhere! 

It’s not that list building is particularly sexy or the latest and greatest thing in digital marketing. It’s such a hot topic because when your email list grows, your business grows right along with it -- a plain and simple truth that I would probably get tattooed on my body, if I were a tattoo person.

I’ve learned a ton about list building over the past 13 years of being an online entrepreneur, and it’s been a crucial part of my success in business. In this episode, I answer the six questions I get asked about the most when it comes to list building -- so I can help you get started on the right foot and avoid the lessons that I had to learn the hard way.

So whether you’re just getting started with your online business or a seasoned vet, grab a pen and paper because you’re going to want to take notes on this one.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

May 05, 2022
#457: Embracing Radical Confidence With Lisa Bilyeu
49:27

Learn actionable strategies for boosting your self-confidence

We all know that person who can walk into a room and totally own it without even having to speak a word. I won’t lie -- every time I see that person, I’m a little bit envious of their natural confidence.

You’re probably thinking, “But Amy, you’re out there in front of the world! You are a confident person!” And I’m here to tell you that even though it seems like I’ve been blessed by the confidence Gods, it’s taken a lot of hard work. I’ve had to make confidence a practice, just like everything else that I want to succeed in.

But here’s the thing. Even if you’re not a confident person right now, you 100% can be, and my dear friend -- Lisa Bilyeu -- co-founder of Quest Nutrition and author of Radical Confidence, is here to talk about how to do just that. 

In this episode, Lisa shares:

  • How to deal with your weak spots and reframe your negative voice
  • A step-by-step practice for identifying self-sabotage and how to break the pattern
  • Tangible ways that you can boost your confidence
  • How to change how you experience failure

Because let’s be real here. When it comes to growing a business, confidence is essential. It fuels your ability to take action, stretch your limits, overcome fear, and most importantly -- know that you can win the game.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [05:20] Radical Confidence is using tools to move forward even when you don't feel great about doing something. It's having the skills and tools to turn to when you feel insecure.
  • [07:04] No bull-shit! What would it take? Instead of just sitting around wishing, ask what it would take for you to be the best pianist in the world. Break it down to steps and then decide if those steps are for you. You get to assess and decide whether to do it or not. 
  • [09:46] Failure can be inevitable when you're going after something you want. Look at your weaknesses, and accept that failure isn't an option. When you try to do those things, you will find inevitable weaknesses that you'll have to take a hard look at.
  • [12:15] How do I stop this negative voice that's absolutely paralyzing me? A negative voice can be your kryptonite, think about how you can make it your superpower? It's about perspective and reframing. Be nice to yourself and don't beat yourself up.
  • [14:20] Flip the mean girl in your head and find out what she's really trying to say to you in a positive way. Let the voice run wild and write everything down with no emotion. The critic becomes the coach.
  • [19:01] Identifying self-sabotage and breaking the pattern. If we are the ones in our own way, then we can change that. What are you doing that gets in your way? Is your goal in line with what you want to do with your life? Is that why you're self-sabotaging yourself?
  • [21:23] You can make choices that allow you to stop self-sabotaging over the goal you want. Not giving yourself the opportunity to experiment and explore is another form of self-sabotage we don't even recognize.
  • [22:31] Get clear and write out your goal. Who? What? When? Why? How? This will give you a north star to move forward. Make a commitment and write down whether you did it or not. Address, reframe, and access. 
  • [26:24] Tangible ways for boosting your confidence. Have a hype song. There's a difference between knowing how to do something and wanting to do it. Have a strategy and game plan. Say yes! Find things that empower you. Cultivate a mental state that will empower you. 
  • [33:44] Emotional sobriety. Don't get so upset that you say or do things you regret. Being emotion drunk does not serve you. There are going to be people who frustrate you. Losing it does not serve you. Take an emotional shot of sobriety. You could just leave the room. 
  • [38:11] Write down what took place, but not your emotions. Once you have the words, you can look at your emotions and identify triggers. Use it as a guide and identify a game plan.
  • [39:55] Radical Confidence is about living the life you want. This book will help you break down all of the things that are getting in the way like mindset and the way you show up every day. It's a guide and blueprint of how to navigate the life you want.
  • [48:30] We need to work on confidence everyday. Choose one practice that resonated with you today and grab a pen and paper and embody that practice.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

May 04, 2022
#456: A Lesson In Comparison: You Vs. Other Entrepreneurs
14:15

What I do to turn jealous thoughts into something productive

Raise your hand if you’ve ever had a jealousy hangover. You know, the lingering envy you have after seeing another entrepreneur achieve something that you want in your own business. 

I’ll be the first to admit, I’ve had a jealousy hangover or two and as you’d expect, they’re no fun. But instead of letting these unsettled feelings get the best of me (which I’m 100% guilty of doing in the past), I use them to my advantage. 

Yes, friend -- I have a few tricks up my sleeve that I use every single time I start comparing myself to other entrepreneurs. They not only help me steer clear of the dreaded jealousy hangover, but they also get me closer to focusing and achieving what I want. In this episode, I share: 

  • The exact questions I ask myself when I start comparing myself to others 
  • How to pinpoint where your jealousy comes from
  • Ways to use feelings of envy in a productive way 
  • What I do to turn resentment of other entrepreneurs into excitement for them and motivation for myself

By shifting the way you think about other entrepreneurs’ success, I promise you’ll find that it brings you closer to achieving everything you’ve ever wanted and more.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [04:00] If you're feeling jealous or envious of another online business owner, ask yourself what they have that you want. What do they have that I want? You could use these envious feelings in a more productive way.
  • [06:22] Get clear on your why, and you might uncover something that you hadn't even thought of. Then ask why I want that. This can give you clarity.
  • [08:27] If you really work on your insecurities the next time you feel jealousy, it will be easier to cheer that person on and think I want that too.
  • [10:15] The next time you feel bad, jealous, or envious toward another entrepreneur, just stop and notice it. It's okay to feel those feelings. Then you can turn that jealousy into something productive. Write down that thought in your phone or your journal.
  • [11:03] What are you jealous about? What did they have that I wanted? Why do I want that? What will it bring me? How will it make me feel? What are some small steps I can take to get there? Take action on those steps!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

May 03, 2022
#455: How to Plan Your Next Program Video Shoot Without Breaking The Bank
36:23

Learn my tried and true process for shooting like a pro each and every time

You’ve laid out your course modules and lessons. You’ve written your scripts. You’ve listened to your pump-up song on full blast, and you’re ready to record your course videos. There’s only one minor problem -- you have absolutely no idea where to start, and what to do.

Good news, my sweet friend. I’m going to tell you exactly what I do to create high-quality videos that look professional and don’t break the bank. 

My process for recording my course videos runs like a well-oiled machine. I don’t say that to brag, friend – believe me, it’s taken a lot of trial and error over the years to nail it down. And thanks to the many learning lessons I’ve had along the way, I now have a tried and true process for hitting the record button like a pro.

I am so excited to share this process with you because I know it is going to save you a ton of time, and also a ton of money. Tune in to hear my tricks of the trade, including: 

  • The system I use to plan and organize my time and assets
  • How to select your outfits and shoot location
  • Where to find an inexpensive videographer and editor 
  • The tools I swear by to record my course videos

After you listen to this episode, you’ll be shooting your course videos like a pro -- and I for one, can’t wait to see them.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [02:54] I recently recorded all of the training videos for my List Builders Society course and realized I would have paid for a high-quality video creation process when I was first getting started. 
  • [05:55] You must first organize your schedule and assets. Give yourself plenty of time to plan everything out. 
  • [07:14] You can write out your script and use a teleprompter or use bullet points to guide you. Create a filming schedule once you know your modules.
  • [07:48] I have my outfits for each video planned along with the video, link to the script, and filming notes listed out in three columns in a Google doc. 
  • [11:02] Call in support and tell your family and loved ones that you need quiet time without any distractions. 
  • [12:15] Plan your outfits for direct-to-camera shots so you don’t scramble to find one at the last minute. Select one outfit per module to mix it up. 
  • [14:50] Shoot at your house if it's an option. Recording at home makes things easier, allows you to be relaxed, and saves money. 
  • [17:59] Early on, it's probably best to forgo a videographer, but it is helpful to hire someone knowledgeable to set up your studio.
  • [23:05] Lighting is important for direct-to-camera videos, so plan for it in advance. You might be able to find a student to help you, or an inexpensive lighting kit. 
  • [25:48] Account for editing time. You can record all scenes by yourself, but it saves valuable time and energy to hire someone to edit your videos.
  • [29:44] I use bullet points for live videos, and a script and teleprompter for recorded videos. I like PromptSmart, BIGVU, and Ecamm.
  • [34:18] Action item: Use this guide to plan your next video shoot.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Apr 28, 2022
#454: The 10 Minute Daily Challenge That Will Set You Up For Success
15:30

If you’re ready to grow personally and professionally, try this simple practice

If you’ve been with me a while, you know that I am a huge fan of journaling. Without a doubt, this super simple practice has helped me calm my busy mind, foster my creativity, and stay organized. It has brought so much to my personal and professional life that I can’t even imagine what things would be like if I didn’t do it every day. 

But here’s the thing -- journaling, just like anything, is a practice. You’ve got to commit to it, and you also need to understand that it can take a bit of time to get into a good groove. I can’t tell you how many times I’ve sat down with every intention of getting all of my thoughts out, only to stare at a blank page for what feels like hours. 

Thanks to the help of some of my mentors and coaches, I’ve got this whole journaling thing down. In this episode, I share exactly what I do to set myself up for success, tame any negative thoughts that come up while I’m writing, and make sure I get the most out of this powerful practice.

Tune in to hear: 

  • How I set up my daily journaling routine, and why I set it up this way
  • Questions and prompts to ask yourself when you’re not sure what to write about
  • How to normalize judgemental thoughts you might have when writing 
  • Ways to neutralize your language when you’re letting it all out
  • What to do if you find negative thoughts spiraling out of control while journaling

By the time you’re done listening to this episode, you’ll have a whole new approach to journaling -- one that helps you be more productive, positive, and kinder to yourself.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Apr 26, 2022
#453: Why Memberships Are The Future Of Online Businesses With Stu McLaren
46:47

If you’re looking to scale your business, memberships may be right for you

If you have a business that you’re looking to scale, are looking for a way to further support your students, or if you’ve ever thought about adding a membership, this episode is for you. 

Stu McLaren joins me for a chat about all-things memberships -- how to determine if it’s the right model for your business, why they’re exploding in popularity, and how they've changed over the past couple of years.

And believe me – there is, quite literally, no better person to advise you when it comes to this sort of thing. For the past 12 years, Stu has worked intimately with tens of thousands of authors, speakers, coaches, consultants and business owners to transform what they know and love into recurring revenue through membership sites.

Tune in to learn: 

  • How to determine what kind of membership is best for your business
  • The recent changes memberships have faced and what that means for you
  • Why memberships are more important now than ever before
  • What types of businesses work best with the membership model

Happy listening!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [05:26] Stu created a membership in 2008, because he wanted to grow his business it allowed him to scale his business without demanding a ton of time or energy. 
  • [09:08] There are four different types of memberships including product-based, service-based, knowledge-based, and community-based memberships. 
  • [25:57] Creating a positive experience in the first 30 days can triple the lifetime membership time. Take a close look at your onboarding methods.
  • [30:29] It's important to understand the lifeline of a membership and change marketing strategies as it grows. 
  • [32:35] Teaching people your passion is a great use of a membership site. Don't overlook the gifts you have. You could create a business around your skill sets. 
  • [35:48] If starting out, look at a knowledge-based membership. You can design your business however you want.
  • [39:42] Stu is hosting a Live Workshop that will assess if your market is a good fit for a membership site and more! It's live and free.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Apr 21, 2022
#452: Earth To Amy: How To Stay Grounded When You’re Wearing A Million Hats
16:43

If you’re overwhelmed in your business – you’re not alone, these exercises can help.

I absolutely love being an entrepreneur. I love the variety, the challenge of it, the people I get to learn from, and most importantly, the people I have the honor of teaching. I’m also incredibly grateful for the fact that I get to wake up every morning and do something that lights me up.

Being an entrepreneur is a lot at times -- and I’m sure you can relate. I won’t lie -- I’m going through a time where I feel like the weight of the world (and my business) is on my shoulders. I have a hundred plates spinning in the air, and at any given moment, one could drop.

Luckily, I have a few grounding tools and exercises in my arsenal to help redirect my overwhelm, and come back to planet Earth when I start to lose my footing. Over the years, I’ve found that these little tricks have helped me get through even the toughest of times -- and I’m sharing them in this episode. You’ll learn:

  • What I tell myself to quiet my mind when things are stressful
  • The strategy I use to pull myself out of busy business overwhelm
  • The two things I’ve incorporated into my daily routine to keep me grounded
  • Why being with yourself, and others, is the key to overcoming difficult times

So if you’re feeling the stress of doing a million different things and wearing a million different hats, tune in and take notes!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [04:34] When things get tough, I remind myself that I'm in a season and this too shall pass. It helps me rein in negative thoughts and have a much better mindset.
  • [06:05] You’ve got to be grateful for both the good and the bad. There's ebbs, and there's flows with everything in life.
  • [07:01] I have to strategically think about how to get through the tough times when things are overwhelming. One thing I do is call on friends and leaders in the industry and ask questions.
  • [08:27] I meditate for 10 minutes a day using the Calm app. I've made it a goal to be consistent on Monday through Friday. I also do breathing exercises. 
  • [12:07] When I have too many plates spinning in the air, I have to be honest with myself. I can't be afraid to ask for support from my team and delegate when I need to. It also helps having a VA.
  • [14:00] There's no shame in putting off a few items on your calendar. Time moves quickly, and it will be here like that. Give yourself room to breathe.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Apr 19, 2022
#451: Money Mindset Must-Haves For Every Entrepreneur With Anthony O'Neal
50:07

Why your income potential has everything to do with your mindset

Question for you, friend. When you first started your business, what made you most excited? Let me guess -- building something incredible, having the opportunity to help others and give back, and being your own boss topped the list.

And while I’m sure making a ton of money was also on that list, I’d hedge a bet that creating budgets was not. 

I can’t say I know too many online marketing entrepreneurs that get excited about the money management aspect of creating wealth -- because let’s be real, it can be intimidating and very tricky, especially when you have no idea where to start. 

But here’s the thing. It’s incredibly important, and proper management of your money can make or break your business. 

That’s why I’m so excited for you to listen to this episode, where I chat with Anthony O’Neal -- a number one national bestselling author, speaker, financial expert, and host of the popular YouTube series and The Table Podcast with Anthony O’Neal.

What’s great about Anthony is that he’s able to explain things in a way that is super relatable and easy to understand for those of us (ahem, yours truly) that don’t particularly enjoy putting together budgets and spreadsheets. 

In this episode, we answer those questions that most business owners have when they’re getting started, like: 

  • How do you budget when your monthly income varies?
  • How do you set revenue goals that are in alignment with your business goals
  • When should you start paying yourself, and how much?
  • What happens when you don’t meet your revenue goals

Plus, Anthony shares how changing your mindset around money serves as the foundation for creating financial growth and freedom, plus simple tips on how to put it into practice.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [06:30] Anthony knew nothing about finances and racked up tons of college debt. He decided that he needed to change his decisions in order to change his future. Dave Ramsey helped him change his mindset around money, and learn how to have a debt-free true ownership life.
  • [11:00] If you’re first starting out in business, create vision of where you're going with your money that’s based on your last quarter. Your budget should be based off of the bare minimum that you'll be bringing in.
  • [13:40] It’s important to have a budget for your personal life and a budget for your business life. 
  • [14:32] You always want to pay yourself something from your business. Have a CPA assess the proper payment. Usually, the minimum is 20 to 30% of what you're collecting.
  • [21:10] You should not feel guilty for having money. It's a blessing to be blessed. 
  • [27:03] If you want to meet your revenue goals, shift your money mindset. Go deeper into your ‘why.’ What are you actually trying to do? Does your ‘why’ make you cry (in a good way)?
  • [36:51] Everyone eventually needs a financial advisor. As your income grows, your need for wisdom grows. Grow with someone who can properly advise you. 
  • [40:05] The number one money mistake people make is not having a vision. The number two mistake is living above their means, and the number three mistake is not investing that money. Create a monthly margin to add to your investments and savings.
  • [42:41] The best piece of money advice that Anthony has received is that for every dollar brought in, give God ten cents. This is about being generous and a good steward of money.

Click here to listen!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Apr 14, 2022
#450: How to Bounce Back After a Disappointing Launch
18:19

Failure to launch is not the end of the world, it’s an opportunity to do better

Say this out loud: 

Failed launches happen, and it's ok when they do.

Say it again, and this time, actually believe it! 

It’s true, friend -- failed launches are simply a part of being a digital marketer, and you’ve just got to accept it. It doesn’t matter if you are the most successful course creator on this planet or just getting started -- they happen to everyone, including me. 

Over the years I’ve done dozens of launches, and one thing I’ve learned is that the bad launch fairy does not discriminate. She will literally take the launch that you spent the most time on -- the one that you were certain would be a smashing success -- and turn it into a complete flop with a poof of her wand, leaving you disheartened and totally confused. 

Well, that’s what it can seem like anyways -- and if you’ve ever had a launch that didn’t go as well as you expected, I’m sure you can relate! 

The question is, how do you move on from that failed launch and make sure that the next one blows it out of the park? #Spoileralert, it has everything to do with your mindset. And as hard as it can be to pull yourself up from your bootstraps and march onward, you’ve just got to do it.

In this episode, you’ll hear:

  • The mindset I embrace to move on from disappointing launches 
  • What I discuss in my team debrief meetings after a launch doesn’t go as planned
  • Ways you can learn from your failed launch and go on to create something 10x better

Are you ready? Let’s get started.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Apr 12, 2022
[Bonus Episode] Consumer Habits That Will Affect Your Business & Why Brand Loyalty Is Changing
48:48

Since 2020, we’ve seen the world change and shift multiple times. And as an entrepreneur, there’s nothing we can do but hold on and try to adjust to the changing times the best we can.

I think we can all agree that staying flexible and fluid isn’t always easy… especially when you’re trying to plan the future of your business.

We may not always get the answers we want or the direction we’re hoping for, but we can lean into other entrepreneurs and experts to help direct us and support us in making the best decisions we can with the information we have.

In this bonus episode, I brought on Phillip Stutts because he’s sharing an important message that affects us as entrepreneurs right now. I wanted to get this information into your hands as quickly as possible so you can pivot and adjust accordingly as we head into Q2 of 2022.

My guest, Phillip, comes from the cutthroat world of political marketing. He has over 2 decades of experience working on campaigns with billions of dollars in political ad spend, and contributed to over 1,433 election victories, including 3 U.S. Presidential victories.

Phillip is also the founder and CEO of Win BIG Media (a corporate marketing agency) and Founder/Executive Chairman of Go BIG Media (a political marketing ad firm).

In this interview, you’ll hear Phillip and I discuss:

  • What’s happening to brand loyalty
  • The three types of consumer personality types and why we should be paying attention to these
  • Why you may want to reconsider where you’re spending your ad spend – including if Facebook advertising is best for your business

And so much more. I hope you’re fully present for this conversation and take what you learn and adjust your business, goals, and budgets as we continue into 2022.

Apr 08, 2022
#449: Why NOW Is The Best Time To Launch A Podcast With Jenna Kutcher
46:37

Learn how to launch and grow your podcast from the best in the industry.

If you’ve been listening to Online Marketing Made Easy for a while, you know that one of the questions I always ask my guests is, “What would you do if you had to start your business all over again? What would you focus on first?

And for me, answering that question is super easy. Without a shadow of a doubt, I would start a podcast from day one. Yes, friend, it’s true. Online Marketing Made Easy has brought so much more to my business than I ever thought possible, and it’s also been such a great creative outlet for me. 

Not only does a podcast help you develop a presence for your brand and directly connect with your target audience, but you can also make great money in the process. My team and I just recently had our first 1 million downloads month, and I could not be more proud. It’s taken a lot of hard work, changing directions, and trying out new things -- but it’s been well worth the effort. 

So in the spirit of all-things podcast, I thought I’d invite Jenna Kutcher, the host of the Goal Digger podcast, on to the show to share a few words of wisdom. Jenna is the crème de la crème of podcasters and content creators, so I know you’ll be just as excited as I was to hear what she has to say.

In this interview, you’ll hear Jenna and I discuss:

  • How to set realistic production and metrics goals
  • Tips on how to monetize your podcast and when to start
  • When is “too late” to create and launch a podcast
  • The pros and cons of being part of a podcast network

Do you have your listening ears on? Good -- because if you’ve ever considered starting a podcast, you definitely want to listen closely.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [08:05] The key to a successful podcast is to find a way to produce content sustainably. Have systems in place that allow you to show up and keep running.
  • [10:45] Don't let things that don't matter hold you up. Find out what you are doing and why. A podcast can be a top of funnel, establish you as an expert, or become an interview opportunity. Get clear on your goal. 
  • [12:41] Set a goal for your podcast. Could it be a list builder, a way to establish credibility, or a means to pivot your business? Your results will depend on what that goal is.
  • [16:52] Monetize from day one. People will continue to go back to early episodes. You could use it as a list builder or an affiliate play. 
  • [20:53] It's not too late to start a podcast. No one will approach it like you will. Listeners listen to multiple shows.
  • [26:14] Subscriptions or paid models are becoming popular. Jenna likes the idea of creating value for free and giving away content. 
  • [34:54] Jenna loves that people are inviting her voice into their lives. Podcasts are a reference library to so many different topics. If the host isn't an expert, they can bring an expert in.
  • [38:29] Jenna has a free masterclass on how to podcast. It shares all the beginning information, so there's no second-guessing.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Apr 07, 2022
#448: Steal These Mantras To Keep You Going Personally & Professionally
17:35

Remember these when your thoughts get in the way of your success

There are four mantras that I keep coming back to time and time again. They are, quite literally, the words that guide my life, both at home and in my business.

How many times have you felt uncertain or anxious about something and that feeling starts to consume you? As high achievers we put SO.MUCH.PRESSURE on ourselves to succeed, that if we don’t manage our own thoughts, they have the potential to get out of control. 

Believe me, I am a serious offender when it comes to getting stuck in my own head, and that’s why whenever I find myself getting to that place, I take a deep breath and remember these four things.

These mantras have gotten me through many “firsts” — including my first course launch, my first big move across the country, and also my first book, which you’ll hear more about in this episode. 

Not only that, but they have helped me a ton when it comes to understanding -- and accepting -- that things don’t always happen on my timeline, no matter how much I want them to. 

So grab your beverage of choice and a journal or notepad, because you’re going to want to write these down so you can treat yourself to them whenever your thoughts start to get in the way of your own success. 

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Apr 05, 2022
#447: This Sales Strategy Converted at 44% & Now I'm Teaching It To You
40:04

In a world of automation, personal connection is what our clients were really craving.

I am beyond excited for you to listen to this episode because this sales strategy is going to blow your socks off. I recently used this strategy for the first time, and let me tell you, my entire team was floored at not only how many sales we got, but how much richer it made our launch.

But here’s the thing -- it’s not fancy, it’s not complicated, and considering that we are all in the world of digital marketing, it might surprise you to hear that the success of this sales strategy had everything to do with human interaction. 

Yes, my friend! Call me old school, but there is tremendous value in personal connection with other people that gets lost in this brave new world of automation. And considering we’re just now emerging from a pandemic that has drastically limited our ability to interact with others, that ‘human touch’ is needed much more now than ever.

Now, I’m not making a dig on digital, because it’s what pays my bills and it’s what allows me to help so many online business owners around the world. But let’s be real -- one-on-one interaction with another person allows us as marketers to appeal to their most basic instincts as buyers. Such as…

  1. What are their pain points? 
  2. What are their fears? 
  3. What do they not only want, but what do they need?

This is the first time in my 13 years of entrepreneurship that I’ve used this strategy, and it absolutely crushed the goals that my team and I set up front. And here’s the good news: It’s super easy to replicate, and I’m going to share how to do it step-by-step. 

In this episode, you’ll learn: 

  • What a live concierge team is, and how they can help you convert customers
  • How to put together a concierge team, even if you don’t have any team members
  • The tools and technology you need to set your concierge team up for success
  • Goals and metrics you should measure 
  • What I plan to do differently after implementing this strategy for the first time

Are you ready? Let’s dive in.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [04:14] We create a concierge team that helped potential students understand whether the course was right for them or not. 
  • [06:58] Consider adding something like this to your own launch strategy. Especially if you have a program that's $500 or more. You can use this strategy even if you don't have a team.
  • [11:20] Use the tools that work best for you. We used Calendly, Zoom, and created email tags for people interested in our calls. 
  • [28:51] Set goals for your concierge team. You may want to consider tracking sales and offer a prize for milestones and high conversions. 
  • [32:57] Here are a few important lessons we learned: 1. Have your team block their time. 2. Allow flexibility with a range of times. 3. Make a schedule for your team to provide coverage throughout the day. 4. Have concierge meetings before the cart opens. 5. Create a simple URL page to promote the team.
  • [37:35] Action items: Write a list of people who love to connect and are willing to promote your program. Put together resources for them. Set goals. Have fun!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Mar 31, 2022
#446: The Art of Delegation & Why It's The Best Thing I've Ever Done
22:57

Once I learned to let go, my business grew exponentially

If you’re anything like me, you like to have a hand in every single aspect of your business. After all, your business is where you spend the majority of your time, focus, and energy -- so why wouldn’t you want to feel like you’re 100% in control of it? 

As you can probably tell, delegation is something that I’ve struggled with for a very long time. In fact, if I had a dollar for every time I said (or thought) “It’ll be easier if I do it myself,” or “It’ll be faster if I just do it,” I’d be a very rich woman.

But I’ll let you in on a little secret now that I’m on the other side of it: This is no way to grow, run, or scale a successful business. Not only do you burn yourself out by spinning the wheels on things that are outside of your zone of genius, but your growth will be limited because there’s only one you, and #spoileralert, you can’t possibly do everything because you’re human.

Trust me on this one. Once you are able to put your trust in somebody else who is equally or more capable of accomplishing the job or task at hand, things run a lot smoother, you’re less stressed out, and you are able to spend time doing the things that are going to actually help your business grow

I know, I know. It’s difficult to let go of things that you’re used to being in control of. But that’s the thing with growth, right? It’s not always easy, but the growing pains are totally worth the end result.

So if you’ve been struggling with passing the torch, tune into this episode to learn: 

  • The mindset I’ve embraced in order to let go of some of the most important pieces of my business
  • How to identify your ‘zone of genius' and make sure you stay working within it
  • Ways to overcome the “I can do it faster and better” mentality
  • The lessons I’ve learned from letting go and trusting others

Sneak away for a little bit (maybe even delegate your next task, if you dare… ) and tune into this episode that I hope will help you find the confidence to let go.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Mar 29, 2022
#445: 'How to Do The Work' and Release Negative Thinking with Dr. Nicole LaPera
01:02:46

Why your thoughts have everything to your success in life and business

I am so excited for you to listen to this episode because my guest is someone who helped get me out of a really difficult time in my life -- a time that I’ve shared about on this podcast. 

Her name is Dr. Nicole LaPera. She’s a Cornell-trained holistic psychologist, and thanks to her book, How to Do The Work, I learned some really great tools on how to examine and correct the negative thought patterns I was having last year that led to a bit of a depression.

If you’ve been tuning in to Online Marketing Made Easy for a while, you’ve heard a lot about this period of time in the beginning of 2021, right after our move to Nashville. It took a big toll on my personal and professional life, so that’s why I’m getting super vulnerable in this interview and diving into all-things mental health. 

By the way, I am so glad that mental health is a topic that is losing its stigma, and becoming a bigger part of everyday conversation -- because let’s be honest, it has a direct effect on how we show up in the world every single day. 

Trust me on this one. Dr. Nicole’s approach is much different than some of the other types of therapy and personal development work that are out there, and you can expect to walk away from this episode with her unique perspective on how to: 

  • Recognize toxic patterns and how they manifest
  • Heal from personal trauma so you can show up as the best version of yourself in life and in business
  • Make permanent shifts in your thought patterns
  • Take your mental health and healing into your own hands

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [06:54] When Nicole was young, she struggled with anxiety. Her curiosity around her struggles inspired her to pursue a career in psychology so she could help others understand themselves and create change in the world.
  • [09:02] After having a successful private practice, she felt inspired to look at new ways to create change to help people online. She wanted to share her stories and her tools, so she started The Holistic Psychologist.
  • [10:53] The work emphasizes the daily nature of change required. Many of us are stuck because we're not living consciously. We need to be conscious in real time, so we don't repeat the old habits.
  • [16:14] Set random alarms on your phone to check in with yourself. Ask, “How present am I? Am I fully immersed in whatever I'm doing?” Use your senses to come back to being present.
  • [30:59] We have the choice to shift from disempowerment to empowerment, so long as we are doing things consciously and checking in with ourselves.
  • [37:42] Make sure you get the nutrients that your brain needs to function. Geting enough sleep at night, your breathing, and taking care of your body are great ways to start.  
  • [41:36] Learn how to stay committed and connected to your truth and your vision in business. Be discerning about what you hear, and know what you stand for!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Mar 24, 2022
#444: My Top 5 All-Time Favorite Online Marketing Made Easy Episodes
22:50

After 9 years of having my own podcast, I always come back to these

This episode was super fun for me to create because I got to revisit my very favorite Online Marketing Made Easy episodes -- the ones that really struck a chord with me, and have stuck with me after all these years!

Now, narrowing down the list from 500 episodes to just five was no small task because I honest-to-God love each and every one of them. But I hunkered down and recalled the ones I still think about often, and I am really excited to share them with you.

If you’ve been with me for a while, and have already listened to these in the past, even better because as you know, learning something over and over again is how you truly master it. There are so many golden nuggets that will really help you dial in on everything from creating better habits, to talking about your product and becoming a better storyteller.

But before we get to it, can I just say that I am still in awe over the fact that my team and I have created 500 episodes of Online Marketing Made Easy? What started as just a glimmer in my eye in 2013 has grown to become a living, breathing, and constantly evolving outlet that allows me to share the many things I’ve learned in my journey of online entrepreneurship. 

I’m not telling you this to brag, sweet friend -- I am sharing this with you because I am living proof that it’s possible to create a highly successful podcast that not only grows your business, but one that helps other people -- even if you don’t think you can. 

And with that, here are my all-time top five.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Mar 22, 2022
#443: The Mini Ad Training: 4 Key Principles For High-Converting, Low-Cost Ads
29:51

Grab the free resource for this episode by heading here!

Increasing your conversion rate just got that much easier

Creating a high-converting ad on a budget may seem super tricky, but it’s actually quite simple if you play your cards right. 

Believe me, I’ve had my fair share of ads that have completely flopped, and am no stranger to that feeling in your stomach when you realize that you just spent a ton of money and have absolutely nothing to show for it. 

What’s almost worse than that is having to try it all again without the certainty that you’re going to get a return on your investment. It’s not an easy place to be, my friend, and I’ve been there too.

So here’s the good news. I’ve done allllll the trial and error for you over the past 13 years of being an online marketing entrepreneur, and have learned a thing or two about how to create ads that convert without spending (and wasting) a ton of money. 

In this episode, I share the four principles that I LIVE BY when creating ads for my own business. To this day, I run through this list to make sure that my ads are hitting the mark in each of these areas, and it hasn’t done me wrong.

My hope is that you take these principles, apply them to your own ads, and then watch your conversions continue to grow over time. 

And for the cherry on top, you can snag a free resource with a roundup of my top-performing ads in the notes below -- because let’s be real, seeing some examples in person will be that much more helpful when you go to create your own ads.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Mar 17, 2022
#442: The Not-To-Do List: 3 Things to Avoid to Stay on Your Game
18:35

A successful business has everything to do with how you approach your day

Imagine this scenario: 

Your business is doing great. You’re meeting your goals, things are on track, and overall, you’re feeling extra proud of what you’ve accomplished this year. 

But let’s keep it real -- you’re also feeling a little bit burnt out from pouring every ounce of your soul into your business, and some things are starting to slip because… you’re a living, breathing human. 

Maybe you’re packing your days so tight that you have absolutely no room to breathe, or you’re losing focus on the tasks in front of you because your mind is constantly occupied with something else. Or maybe you’re feeling overwhelmed and disorganized, and have no idea where to even start.

Can you relate? 

I don’t know about you, but it’s this time of year -- the end of Q1 -- that I tend to get a little frazzled, and because of that, start to lose sight of the goals and intentions that I set for myself at the beginning of the year. And if you’ve been a listener for some time, you probably know that my goals set the tone for my entire business -- and I keep them front and center (so they pretty much stare at me blankly in the face every day.)

So that’s why in this shorty episode, I’m sharing my list of three things that you can avoid doing to stay on top of your game, and move forward with a clear mind and ready to take on that new product launch, or podcast, or rebrand, or whatever goals you have set for yourself and your business.

It’s time to tighten up, friend -- are you ready?

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Mar 15, 2022
#441: Normalizing Mental Health For Entrepreneurs With Gabby Bernstein
40:24

Ways to improve your mental health, reduce anxiety, and be happy

Have you ever thought about what it would feel like to wake up each morning without any anxiety whatsoever? 

Sounds pretty incredible, I must say. But for so many entrepreneurs, waking up without any stress or fear about what’s ahead is nothing short of a pipe dream. Owning a business is hard work, and at times can 100% make you feel like the weight of the world is on your shoulders. 

I’m sure you can relate to this feeling. I know I can, and have in the past. 

But here’s the thing. The stress, fear, and anxiety that you experience is only getting in the way of your success in business. And let’s be real for a second here. Is it even worth trading your happiness for success? For me, it’s definitely not, and I tend to be an anxious person. 

That’s why I absolutely adore my guest in this episode -- because time and time again, I’ve come back to her strategies to find balance emotionally and spiritually.

Her name is Gabby Bernstein, and she’s been helping people find a sense of freedom and inner peace for the past 16 years. 

She’s a New York Times best-selling author of eight books, and host of her own podcast, Dear Gabby, where she helps guests become the happiest versions of themselves in real-time.

But what’s really special about Gabby is that she doesn’t just talk the talk, she’s walked the walk, too. Her own struggles with addiction and depression are what fueled her to align with her true purpose and become a much better version of herself. 

In this episode, you’ll learn: 

  • Self-regulation techniques for working through anxiety
  • Mindset shifts that will help you transform your thoughts
  • Ways to identify negative patterns and how to change them
  • How Gabby has used her own struggles to become stronger

I hope you love this interview as much as I did and take away some strategies on how you can make waking up without anxiety your reality.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [07:32] With entrepreneurs, there's often a lot of doing and less being. Some of this is from being inspired, but some of it can be from feelings of inadequacy or worry. 
  • [10:55] One self-regulation technique is to be aware of what's happening with yourself internally. Breathing can help with this.
  • [12:56] Another technique you can practice is to create grounding with your right hand on your heart. Close your eyes and breathe, inhale and exhale slowly. 
  • [17:25] The most important quality that we need to establish before doing the work is compassion for yourself. Put your hand on your heart and your belly and say, "I respect you. I honor you. I love you, and I know you're doing the best that you can. I have so much compassion for where you're at right now."
  • [20:57] In order to identify patterns that make us unhappy, we must become a witness to the patterns. Take notice of what triggers you, and how you respond. 
  • [24:50] Gabby's journey through her work and trauma recovery is the basis of Happy Days. Being a workaholic was really taking her down, but after continuously asking herself why, she started cracking into painful discomfort.
  • [27:11] She remembered a disassociated memory that answered her question of why she was a workaholic and had other issues. After identifying the why, she began a deep emotional journey of healing.
  • [30:28] Trauma has been given shame, so people minimize it. We all have trauma that still shows up in our lives now. It’s important to address it, and get out of the toxic cycle of trigger, fear, and acting out.
  • [38:25] Biggest takeaway: We should all have compassion for ourselves and the people around us.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Mar 10, 2022
#440: White Knuckling, Letting Go, & Trusting The Process
15:36

When you attract instead of chase, the Universe won’t disappoint

When I think of white-knuckling, I imagine myself driving through snow-covered switchbacks of a steep mountainside, someplace like Colorado. 

My hands are gripping the steering wheel so tight that my knuckles turn white -- because if I take my eyes off the road for a split second, or hit one little patch of black ice, it could be an absolute disaster.

If you’ve ever driven through the mountains you probably know what I’m talking about, and it can be terrifying. 

But white-knuckling doesn’t just happen when driving through precarious terrain. It also happens in business, and entrepreneurs -- including yours truly -- are guilty of it all the time. 

Instead of gripping the steering wheel for dear life, you’re holding on to some piece of your business that you are desperately trying to control -- maybe it’s your social media, your quarterly revenue goals, or the new lead magnet you created that just isn’t hitting the mark.

You zero in on the details so closely that you start to obsess over them, and sooner or later, they start to consume every ounce of you. You feel like you’re constantly chasing something that you just can’t seem to reach. 

Does any of this sound familiar? 

I white-knuckled everything about this podcast for a long time, and it took a toll on both me and my team. But in learning to let it go and trusting more in the universe, I found that the podcast became more successful than ever. 

And that’s why I recorded this little shorty episode for you -- because I wanted to share a bit more about how loosening the reins on something you care deeply about can bring you so much more than you ever imagined, and do it a whole lot faster. 

Enjoy, my friend!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [03:43] White knuckling is holding on to something really tight and trying to control every aspect of it. One thing that I've white-knuckled for a long time is this podcast.
  • [07:38] I realized my podcast wasn't fun anymore, and I was obsessing about the metrics. I lost the joy I used to have in creating it, and it was difficult to be creative. I decided to let go of the expectations I had about my podcast.
  • [08:49] The following two weeks after I let go, we saw a rise in the number of downloads and more opportunities became available. 
  • [09:28] There has to be something in your business that you are white-knuckling. With so much control, the creativity doesn't flow anymore.
  • [10:21] My new motto is “I don't chase, I attract.” I’ve decided just to let it be. 
  • [12:12] Let go of expectations, and attraction will organically happen. 

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Mar 08, 2022
#439: 9 Things I'd Do If I Started My Business All Over Again
35:39

Lessons I’ve learned that will save you time, money, and lots of stress

If you have recently taken the deep dive into entrepreneurship, then this episode is for you.

Yes, you, friend! The brave soul with the beautiful vision, the passionate achiever who believes in their business with every ounce of their soul, and the one who’s willing to put in the hard work while also saving that sweet, sweet space for what really matters in life.

But let’s be real… entrepreneurship is really hard, especially when you’re just getting started. It’s totally normal to feel uncertain about yourself, or like you’re way in over your head, or that you keep spinning your wheels and just can’t get out of that cycle.

I’m here to tell you that those feelings are 100% a part of being an entrepreneur. Believe me, I’ve been there, and after 13 years of figuring it all out (with many mistakes along the way), I’ve had some time to look back and reflect on what it is that I would do differently with my business if I had to start over from scratch. 

In no way am I saying that I would take back the mistakes that I’ve made -- because I’ve learned so much from each and every one of them. But I am hoping that there will be something on this list that will save you time, money, and unnecessary stress from the get-go. 

And what’s really exciting is that sooner than later, you’ll have your own list of things that you’ll be sharing with your own community on your very own podcast (more on why you should get your podcast started NOW in the episode.) 

Grab a pen and paper (or your Full Focus Planner) and settle in to hear the top nine things that I would do differently in my business if I had to do it all over again.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Mar 03, 2022
#438: Shiny Objects Syndrome? Here’s Your Quick Fix
12:31

New projects may be fun and exciting, but do they align with your goals?

Imagine this scenario:

Things are going great in your online business -- you’ve created your ideal work week, you’re on track to meet your quarterly goals, and you have more time than you’ve ever had to focus on in your personal life.

And then… you have an idea.

Not just any idea, but the most brilliant idea that has ever popped into your head. It’s sexy, it’s fun, and quite honestly, it’s all you can think about

But the thing is, this brilliant idea of yours isn’t exactly in alignment with the goals that you’ve set for yourself. In fact, it’s not even close.

This, my friend, is called Shiny Object Syndrome, and it plagues millions of entrepreneurs all over the world -- including yours truly. 

I’m sure you can relate. Instead of focusing on the tasks that will get you closer to achieving your goals, you get sidetracked by an idea or project that feels new and exciting -- because, let’s be real, launching a new product or course is way more thrilling than refining and improving the one you already have.

But here’s the good news, sweet friend. As someone who is by nature drawn to all things shiny, I have come up with a few ways to hold myself accountable to my goals, stay focused, and still manage to work in a little bit of razzle-dazzle along the way. 

In this episode, you’ll learn: 

  • The one physical item I use that helps me stay on task
  • How I ensure that my goals get (and keep) me excited
  • What I do to keep my eye on the prize

The personality type you need to have on your team to help hold you accountable

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Mar 01, 2022
#437: How To Troubleshoot A Lead Magnet That’s Not Converting
33:26

Tried and true steps to crafting an irresistible lead magnet

Have you ever poured your blood, sweat, and tears into creating a lead magnet only to have it fail miserably

If so, two things: 1) Welcome to the club, and 2) Don’t spend any more time worrying about it because you’re going to learn A LOT about how to create a highly successful lead magnet in this episode.

The truth is, creating a lead magnet that converts is both an art and a science, which means there are a million and one reasons why yours might not be hitting the mark. 

You might find that making small tweaks to your design or copy could help boost conversions, or on the flip side, you might need to rethink your entire strategy and create something brand new.

More often than not, it takes time and good old-fashioned trial and error to get it right -- and there's absolutely no harm in that. Because each version of your lead magnet, especially the ones that fall flat, will show you what’s not working so you can make changes and improve. Plus, who said this whole lead magnet thing was going to be easy anyways? ;) 

Here’s what you can expect to take away from this episode: 

  • Easy things you can tweak to increase your conversions
  • Ways to get valuable feedback from your Ideal Customer Avatar 
  • Tips on getting your lead magnet in front of a larger audience
  • When to know if it’s time to scrap your lead magnet and start over from scratch

Here’s a glance at this episode...

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Feb 24, 2022
#436: You've Been Setting Goals Wrong: Here’s Why & What To Do About It
13:52

What to do when you’re afraid you won’t meet your next big goal

If you’ve ever created goals for yourself and didn’t meet them, it might be because you set them wrong in the first place.

And no, it’s not because what you set out to do was too ambitious (believe me, I’m a huge fan of thinking big), you most likely didn’t meet them because you didn’t have a big enough ‘Why’ behind them

The ‘Why’ is the fire behind everything that you do -- the driving force that keeps you going when things get difficult or overwhelming, when you’re completely exhausted, and when you want to throw your hands up, shut down your laptop and tune in to the latest episode of Crime Junkie.

I know you’ve been there, and I have too. That’s why in this episode, I am sharing a three-step process that you can use when you have something really big in front of you, and you start to doubt whether it’s worth your blood, sweat and tears to accomplish it. 

So grab a pen and paper (or open a Google doc) and get ready to do this exercise live as you listen to the episode -- so that those big, audacious goals I know you set for yourself are that much closer to being met. 

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Feb 22, 2022
#435: Coffee with Marie Forleo: Chatting About Purpose, Time Stress, & Eliminating A Workaholic Mentality
01:04:07

The woman inspiring millions shares her best tips on creating a “figure-it-out” mindset

The guest for this special episode needs no formal introduction, because she is honest-to-God, that big of a deal. She’s got wit, she’s got wisdom, and I am without a doubt her number one fangirl. 

I am so excited to welcome back Marie Forleo to Online Marketing Made Easy. 

Marie is, quite literally, the Queen of a socially conscious digital empire that touches millions of people every day. Plus, her energy and optimism is unmatched, and there’s nobody more deserving of such hype. 

If you’ve tuned into any previous episodes with Marie as a guest, you surely understand why I keep having her back (I mean… if you know, you know.) 

And if you don’t know Marie, here’s the formal introduction: She’s a highly successful entrepreneur, writer, and philanthropist who helps people dream big, take meaningful action, and create lasting results. 

She’s also a New York Times bestselling author for her book, Everything is Figureoutable, the host of the award-winning show, MarieTV, and a philanthropist, which we’ll dive into in this episode. 

But what’s really special is that over the past 13 years, Marie has gone from being my mentor and business coach to one of my dearest friends (whom I still look up to just as much as I did when we first met at the Frank Kern conference years ago), and I couldn’t think of a better person to navigate the ever-changing world of online marketing with. 

I’m super excited to share this episode with you, especially because it’s a little different than interviews we’ve done in the past. This time around, we kept it super casual (as friends do!) and just let the conversation go wherever we felt like taking it. 

In this episode, we discuss:

  • Why you should reflect on your start as an entrepreneur
  • How to hustle without becoming a workaholic
  • The importance of creating a company with purpose
  • And leaning into those little nudges

So grab your coffee (or spicy skinny margarita depending on what time of the day it is), and turn it up for my friend, Marie Forleo.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [11:15] Marie wanted her business to help people beyond what she was teaching them. She didn't grow up with a lot of money, but she knew that having a scarcity mindset wasn't a good way to live. She committed to give 10% of what she earned to an organization that's doing good in the world. 
  • [15:37] B-School helps people unpack what a purpose driven formula might look like for them. Part of Marie’s purpose-driven formula is offering scholarships. 
  • [19:32] Time is the most precious non-renewable resource that we all have. Are you investing and lining up your time with what is most important to you? 
  • [26:22] Time stress is an entire reality where you constantly feel overwhelmed and behind. You're always comparing yourself to others and never feel like you're enough. It's like being in a hamster wheel -- you’re always exhausted, and eventually you lose the passion for the thing you love.
  • [27:44] If Marie does anything in her business that doesn't feel right, she learns from that and doesn't do it again. It's her mission and desire to live in joy and creativity. She uses social media as a tool, but she doesn't have to be there all the time.
  • [33:49] People are recognizing some of the negative impacts of social media and spending less time on it. Cultivate your own list outside of social, which also allows you to turn around a profit more quickly.
  • [38:47] If Marie was starting over, she would make sure that she chooses the right ideal customer — someone who is excited about her offerings and happy to pay for them. She would want to understand their fears and desires at such a deep level that they would feel like she was mirroring it back to them. 
  • [41:41] One of the most important things Marie has done for herself is take a coach training which introduced her to the idea that she could work from anywhere.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Feb 17, 2022
#434: Thriving As An Introvert In An Extrovert Career
14:00

I’m living proof that introverts can be successful online entrepreneurs

Here’s one thing that may surprise you about me…

I’m an introvert to my core.

I know, I know. You’re probably thinking, “But Amy, you host a podcast! You do Facebook Lives all the time! You do in-person events with tons of people watching you! There’s absolutely no way you’re an introvert.” 

But it’s true. And I am certainly not the only introvert in an ”extrovert career.”  In fact, some of the best actors in the world, like Meryl Streep, Julia Roberts, Tom Hanks -- are introverts doing their thing in an industry that is dominated by extroverts. (And no, I’m not comparing myself in any way, shape or form to these magnificent humans, just proving a point!)

Of course, there are things I do all the time that make me slightly uncomfortable (ahem, anything in front of the camera), but like anything in business, you make a plan, stick to it, and overcome your challenges. Plus, if it doesn’t make you uncomfortable, are you really pushing yourself to grow? #truthbomb

I wear my introvert badge with pride -- and if you’re an introvert, you should too, my sweet friend. In no way does being an introvert make you any less talented, capable, or successful. And if I’m being completely honest, knowing how to take care of yourself, and allowing yourself that much-needed “me” time when you really need it, is something to be proud of.

So in this episode, I’m going to share ways that I nurture my inner introvert while still growing a successful business that requires me to be out in front of the world. You’ll learn: 

  • The ways I mentally prepare myself for stepping out of my comfort zone
  • What I do to recover after “putting myself out there” and how I pump myself up for the next time
  • How I avoid complete overwhelm in an industry that demands you constantly be “on”

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [02:40] Even as an introvert, it’s absolutely possible to be a highly successful entrepreneur. I'm going to share the ways I handle being an introvert in a business that requires me to be out in front of the world.
  • [05:19] I sometimes dread doing big, live events like Entrepreneur Experience, because it forces me to get out of my comfort zone. That’s why I remind myself how I feel after -- which is fantastic. It’s definitely worth it to feel a little uncomfortable and awkward in order to get you to where you want to be.
  • [07:50] After any live event or situation where I put myself out there, I need to book some alone time with my family. Now I plan for it and work it into my schedule. 
  • [10:51] There are moments that I have to show up as an extrovert. While it can be uncomfortable, I do it because it’s important to create a community where people feel a connection to me. 
  • [11:41] I am always in-tune and aware of what's going on in my body. When I start to resent an experience or an engagement, I know I'm being someone that I am not. While I’m willing to step into a place that is uncomfortable, I'm able to recognize when I’m staying there too long.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Feb 15, 2022
#433: How To Create An Ideal Week for Optimal Focus, Productivity, & Well-Being
24:02

Accomplish your business (& personal) goals AND have more freedom

Say these three words out loud:

Ideal work week. 

Say them again. 

Ideal work week. 

Be honest… have you ever heard three words that sound so beautiful? 

If you would have asked me to envision my ideal work week back in my corporate days, I probably would have laughed -- because I was so far off from having one. 

Even in the early days of being my own boss, let me tell you, my work weeks were far less than ideal. It’s taken A LOT of trial and error (11 years of it, in fact) to nail it down -- but the good news is, I’ve finally perfected it.

That’s right, my friend -- I have set up my work week in a way that allows me to work towards my goals AND have the free time to spend with the ones that I love. 

It’s helped me be more focused, productive, and… here’s the clincher… I don’t even work Fridays anymore (You can learn all about my 4-day work week in this episode.)

Here’s what you’ll learn in this episode:

  • What it means to “theme” your weekdays to maximize productivity
  • How to set boundaries based on your weekly schedule
  • Tips and tricks on  working with a Virtual Assistant to plan the week ahead
  • Simple ways to stay organized and on-task

My hope is that you’ll be able to implement some of the strategies I share so that you, too, can accomplish your goals AND live life on your terms. Sounds ideal, right? ;-)

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Feb 10, 2022
#432: Navigating True Friendships As An Entrepreneur
18:21

Why I keep my business close and my friends even closer

I love my friends. I mean, L-O-V-E. I am so beyond grateful for them -- they understand me, I understand them, and they’re the type of people I know always have my back.

But as you’ll hear in this episode, this hasn’t always been the case. It’s taken many years, lots of tears, and countless hard conversations to get to a place where I am 100% confident that the friends I have in my life are MY PEOPLE.

Let me back up a bit and explain why.

As an entrepreneur, friendships can be especially tough. Even friendships that you’ve had for years can take a big turn when you make the decision to ditch the 9 to 5 and commit to growing a business.

Your priorities and conversations shift when you become an entrepreneur -- your business is your baby, after all. Instead of catching up on the latest episode of Billions over skinny spicy margaritas at happy hour, you’re now rapid-fire texting your friend about your upcoming product launch, or your new copywriter that just can’t seem to nail your brand’s voice. 

Over time, this dynamic can wear on a relationship. At some point, you feel like your friend starts to resent you, judges your decisions, or simply isn’t interested in what you have to say anymore.

Can you relate?

And if your friends are ALSO entrepreneurs, that’s a whole different ballgame that’s equally as tricky to navigate. 

Regardless of if your friend is a 9 to 5er or an entrepreneur like you, it’s not that you don’t love them or aren’t grateful for having them in your life. It’s that friendships have seasons, and if I’ve learned anything over the last 14 years of having my own business, it’s totally ok to move on sometimes it’s the best thing we can do to grow.

In this episode, I’ll get really deep about my own friendships, and share with you:

  • What I’ve learned about navigating friendships as an entrepreneur
  • The qualities I look for in a friend, and why
  • How I know it’s time to move on from a friendship or lean into it 

I even open up about something I’ve NEVER talked about on the podcast -- the challenges I’ve had being a boss to my best friend in the world (and former CMO), Chloe -- my Cho Cho.

This shortie episode is SUPER personal and near and dear to my heart, so I hope you enjoy listening.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Feb 08, 2022
#431: Why Women Should Be Investing (& How To Do It Well) with Bola Sokunbi
42:55

Start investing today and put your money to work.

When I first started investing and making my money work for me… I was super intimidated! 

In fact, the immediate thought that comes to mind when I think “investor” is a middle-aged man, in a dark suit, briskly walking down a city street with a Starbucks coffee in hand. Maybe he’s wearing a fitted t-shirt instead of a button-down -- if he’s got a little swag. 

I am, quite literally, describing Bobby Axelrod from Billions. I love Bobby’s character, but… I think you would agree, that’s definitely NOT ME. ;-) 

Google doesn’t think it’s me, either. In fact, if you do a Google image search of “investor,” guess what turns up? Ninety-nine percent of the images that populate are of the guy I just described above (ahem, Bobby) -- and no women. 

It’s no wonder I feel slightly uncomfortable thinking about investing -- because women, especially millennials and older, have been so conditioned to think that you have to be a man (and have a ton of money) to invest.

But here’s the thing…

That impression is totally wrong. The game has changed, and women are investing money like never before (and Google, if you’re reading this, please push some female investor images to your first page, okay?)

Investing money doesn’t have to mean putting millions of dollars into a hedge fund -- it simply means making your money work for you over time. The key here is, though, that you have to actually GET STARTED investing in order to be successful in it, and that my friend, is often the biggest hurdle. 

That’s why I’m so excited for you to hear the interview I had with Bola Sokunbi, who is the go-to expert for investing, whether you’re an experienced investor or just starting out -- and definitely if you’re a female investor. 

She’s a Certified Financial Education Instructor, best-selling author, speaker, writer, podcaster, social media influencer, and a mama to twins -- which makes her THAT much more impressive.

In our interview, we discuss: 

  • How to get started investing, even if you NEVER thought you’d be able to 
  • Some of the barriers to investing that women face, and how we’re overcoming them
  • Tips on investing your money smarter so you can retire before the age of 65 
  • The good, the bad, and the ugly about cryptocurrency, and if it's right for you

Think of it like Investing 101, with a little extra kick. ;-) 

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Feb 03, 2022
#430: 5 Goals I’m Committing To This Year
26:31

The strategies I’m using to feel great AND accomplish my goals in 2022 .

That’s right, friend! I am getting fully transparent with you about what I am doing to set myself up for success in 2022

I have always been big on goal setting, planning, and setting intentions for the year ahead (it’s a BIG part of why I’ve seen such success as an entrepreneur)…

… but as you know, I struggled with some unexpected depression and anxiety in 2021. This year, I am determined to get ahead of it. 

That’s why I’m trying out some FRESH approaches to goal setting that will not only help me to achieve some really cool things both personally and professionally, but ALSO get me in the right mindset before taking on each challenge that I set for myself.

Because let’s be honest -- ”success” and “achievement” are not only about what you accomplish, they’re just as much about how you FEEL.

In this episode, I’ll share:

  • The goal-setting strategy I LOVE that puts emphasis on how you want to feel, not what you do
  • The 5 goals that I’ve set for myself in 2022, why I chose to set those particular goals, and how I plan to achieve them
  • How I set goals that are challenging yet attainable

I’m hoping that by listening to this episode, you’ll hold me accountable, stay motivated to accomplish the goals you’ve already set for yourself in 2022, AND be inspired to get back on the horse if you’ve fallen victim to the infamous #QuittersDay (more on that in the episode.)

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [04:01] One new thing I’m trying in 2022 is identifying the core feelings that I want to experience this year. I want to feel trusting, courageous, energized, in the zone, and luminous while I'm working on my goals and after I achieve them. 
  • [10:27] Take action: What are 3-5 feelings you want to experience over and over again this year? Think about how you want to feel and write it down.
  • [11:08] Goal #1: Do the 29029 challenge. This is where you climb a mountain a certain amount of times (in a certain amount of time). All in all, it adds up to the equivalent of climbing Everest. 
  • [14:20] Goal #2: Create a certification program for my business. I don't know what it looks like, but I’m going to put together ideas this year and launch it in 2023.
  • [15:39] Goal #3: Take a sabbatical. I've been dreaming of taking a sabbatical for years, but in 2022 I’m actually doing it. I'm taking off the last half of May and the entire month of June to spend at my lake house.
  • [17:50] Goal #4: Create a project plan for my new book. My book won’t launch until January of 2023, but I need to have an entire project promotion plan dialed in by 3/31.
  • [21:40] Goal #5: Create a 3-year vision of my company.  I want to scale the business and incorporate different models that I’ve never tried before, which means I need to plan further out.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Feb 01, 2022
#429: 6 High Performance Habits To Transform Your Life & Business with Brendon Burchard
01:11:12

The world’s leading life coach reveals what gives high-achievers the edge

If you’re ever scrolling through your social media feeds and you see a personal development quote that strikes a chord with you (in all the right ways), it’s most likely from today’s podcast guest.

His name is Brendan Burchard, and I have a hunch that you’ve probably heard of him. ;-) 

He is a 3-time New York Times bestselling author (if you haven’t read his book High-Performance Habits, then READ.IT.NOW.), a globally respected high-performance coach, and one of the world’s most-watched, followed, and quoted personal development trainers in the world. 

You’ve heard me talk about Brendan on the podcast a ton, and it’s because he is the OG of digital content and online education. Seriously! He was an influencer before it even became cool.

And beyond that, Brendan is one of the first people that inspired me to ditch the corporate world and embrace entrepreneurship (more on our first meeting, and what he said to get me to take action, in the episode.)

We talk all-things ambition and achievement, PLUS:

  • Brendan’s surprising journey to becoming one of the most sought after high-performance coaches in the world
  • How to move on from the victim mentality after two really tough years of the pandemic
  • 6 specific habits you should commit to if you want to be successful in the long term, and how to put them in your daily practice
  • Two areas of marketing Brendan would focus on if he had to rebuild his business from scratch
  • The BEST piece of advice Brendan has ever gotten, and his most proud piece of content that resulted from that advice

After listening to this episode, you’ll 100% understand why I am such a Brendan Burchard #fangirl. 

I’m so excited for you to tune in, especially since this is one of just a few interviews that he’ll do this year.

Plus, just to make things extra fun, I’ve created a free quiz that you can take to get a curated Online Marketing Made Easy playlist that is specific to where you are on your entrepreneurial journey. 

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [10:41] What does ‘raise your ambition’ really mean? It means getting to a place of feeling fully alive mentally, physically, and spiritually, and being connected to meaningful purposes that give us a sense of impact. 
  • [15:19] What holds people back from moving on from the victim mentality is the empathy they so often get from others. Being around peers or coaches that hear you -- but keep you on track with the solution mindset -- is key. 
  • [29:20] High-Performance Habit #1: Seek Clarity. High performers, more often than underperformers, seek clarity. Doing so requires discipline in asking for help and finding out who you are. 
  • [30:41] High-Performance Habit #2: Generate Energy. High performers do things specifically to stimulate mental, emotional, and physical energy, like practicing meditation, exercising frequently, and eating well. 
  • [31:41] High-Performance Habit #3: Raise Necessity. Necessity means that you have the psychological need for success. There needs to be a clear reason for doing what you’re doing and the meaning behind it. 
  • [35:54] High-Performance Habit #4: Become More Productive. High performers are determined to continuously increase their productivity and do things like blocking time, and taking a break every 50 minutes to recharge. 
  • [41:03] High-Performance Habit #5: Develop Influence. We must have influence for people to believe in us, buy from us, cheer for us, or open doors for us. 
  • [44:42] High-Performance Habit #6: Demonstrate Courage. Courage means that you take action even when there’s risk, doubt, or uncertainty. High performers are also not afraid to speak up for themselves and others. 
  • [49:27] If Brendon had to start his business over from scratch he would first focus on content rhythm, campaign strategy, and collaboration.
  • [01:09:40] Take action: What is your biggest takeaway? Take a screenshot, tag @amyporterfield on Instagram, and share your biggest takeaway from this episode.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Jan 27, 2022
#428: 430 Episodes, 9 Years, Over 34 Million Downloads & The Truth About My Podcast
16:33

The good, the bad, and the ugly about the platform that reaches millions

Have you ever thought about starting a podcast, only to later question if you have what it takes (time, energy, experience, expertise) to do it?

If this sounds anything like you, then read on my friend--because I’m about to share the honest-to-God TRUTH about how I feel about podcasting, and my personal experience creating hundreds of episodes of Online Marketing Made Easy.

And even if you haven’t considered starting a podcast, here’s why you should tune in:

The podcast industry has absolutely blown up in the past few years, and with that, so have listeners. Fifty-five percent of people in the United States listen to podcasts–that’s up 51% from 2019! 

I’m no mathematician, but I do know that’s a BIG increase in listenership, and an even BIGGER opportunity to target (and reach) your audience.

But… just because podcasts are getting a lot of traction, does that mean that it’s the right platform for you? My hope is that this episode helps you to figure that out. 

In it, I’ll break down:

  • What I absolutely love about podcasting and how it can help you to grow your online business, too
  • My top 3 takeaways from creating hundreds of episodes of Online Marketing Made Easy
  • The biggest struggles that I have had along the way, and what to consider before getting started
  • What has made the countless Bulletproof coffee-fueled nights all worth it

For those of you that have been with me for a while, you know that the Online Marketing Made Easy podcast has been a true labor of love--and for that reason, I am especially excited to share this episode with you.

Plus, just to make things extra fun, I’ve created a free quiz that you can take to get a curated Online Marketing Made Easy playlist that is specific to where you are on your entrepreneurial journey.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Jan 25, 2022
#427: Land Your Dream Media Opportunity with Jen Gottlieb
53:37

Simple Strategies For Driving Major Traffic To Your Biz

In this episode, PR master Jen Gottlieb, teaches you how to find dream PR opportunities for your business.

Whether you’re looking to be featured in an article, get your podcast or blog featured, or land a spot as a guest on someone else’s show, pursuing PR opportunities in your business means MORE traffic to your business. Period.

Traffic to your website… your podcast… your newsletter… and so much more. 

Jen is the co-founder of the acclaimed PR company, Super Connector Media and has been featured in Forbes, Business Insider, CBS, Good Morning America, Goop, and more

And today, she’s giving you a step-by-step approach for landing PR opportunities that will make you jump up and down with excitement,  including:

  • How to find the perfect opportunities that align with your goals
  • How to make an irresistible pitch they can’t say “no” to
  • How to craft a story that effortlessly grabs media attention
  • What you can do TODAY to have the tools to land a PR opportunity by next week 

This episode is for you even if you’re just starting out – even if your business is still teeny tiny. 

Because your business deserves to be seen and you’re the perfect person to speak to your area of expertise. 

Factor in Jen’s expert guidance, put it all together, and you get a media feature in the making.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [08:29] PR is important because it gives you credibility and authority. This is a huge asset for entrepreneurs or anyone who has a story they want to share. 
  • [12:07] Getting media hits boils down to your relationships, clear messaging, timely topics, and getting clear on where you want to be featured.
  • [19:55] We don't always realize the things that already exist in our life. Take inventory on relationships and mindset. 
  • [21:24] The Top 20 Tool
    • Make four columns on a piece of paper. Put your goal on top. 
    • Left column is People. List 20 people you've ever met who have some type of media connection. 
    • Influence. Rank influential on a scale of 1-10. 
    • Help. Rank how likely they would help you on a scale of 1-10. 
    • Grand total. Sum of previous three columns. 
    • Reach out and ask the top score people. Provide value to others. 
  • [32:38] Make a top-five media hit list. These are things that are already working for people doing things similar to what you are doing.
  • [37:18] When pitching, speak to the audience. They care about what's happening now, so tie your pitch with a timely topic.
  • [38:55] Creating a winning pitch
    • 1. Have a timely news hook. 
    • 2. Pitch the value-packed topic first and yourself second. 
    • 3. Back up your claims with statistics by linking to studies. 
    • 4. Add talking points. 
    • 5. Stand for what you believe in.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Jan 20, 2022
#426: 62% Of Top Business Executives Do This & You Should Too!
15:01

Learn To Trust Your Gut In Business

In this quick episode, I’m pulling back the curtain on one of the hardest lessons I’ve learned as an entrepreneur.

It’s not having hard conversations.

Not making revenue projections.

Not keeping a tidy to-do list or a pretty project plan.

In this episode, I’m talking about trusting your gut as an entrepreneur. Which is a tall order. We all want to trust our gut… but it’s not always that simple.

Because every day, entrepreneurs…

→ Navigate fear

→ Bear responsibility for the success – or lack of success – in our biz

→ Feel the weight of the effects that our big and small decisions make on others 

→ And, if we’re being honest, try hard not to question our own ability

Right?

“Going with your gut” can get muddled and lost between ALL we’ve got going on.

But it’s also a non-negotiable in entrepreneurship.

So after 13 years of running my own online business, I’m sharing how I’ve learned to hone this instinct and stick to my guns…

…including one big mistake I made by hushing my inner nudges and going ahead with a decision anyways. 

So give this episode a listen and let my lessons learned be your lessons learned.

Cheers to you, friend, as we learn how to slow down, listen, and trust ourselves.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [02:35] Should you trust your gut? 62% of top business execs let their gut lead the way and always trust it.
  • [05:25] There's a significant difference between being too picky and knowing in your gut that it's the wrong choice.
  • [07:20] Notice what your initial gut feeling is and then notice what happens next. Are you being too picky? Are you really feeling something that you need to pay attention to?
  • [10:32] After making a decision, start journaling. When doubt starts to creep back in, go back and read about why you made the decision in the first place.
  • [11:13] If you feel it in your bones and it doesn't work out as planned, it was still meant to be.
  • [13:25] Being in tune and having the ability to trust yourself puts you on a whole different level. Go with your gut!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Jan 18, 2022
#425: Project Planning Mastery: A Step-By-Step For How To Stay Organized
32:09

Follow The Plan. Master The Project.

My team is incredible but I can be reasonable.

We’re not at 100% in everything in our business. 

But our project plans…?

They’re pretty dang bulletproof.

So in this episode, I’m walking you through the exact steps of how I create a project plan in my business from conceptualization to completion (and even what we do to make sure the next attempt of that project is 10x easier.)

I’ve laid this episode out like a step-by-step guide to project planning mastery so you can reduce overwhelm in your business and maybe, just maybe, become known as the business owner that smashes deadlines every time with room to spare.

I believe that for you, my friend!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [06:52] A project plan is a process to bring an idea or concept to life through planning and organization.
  • [09:43] 1. Identify the main focus of the project plan
  • [10:42] 2. Outline the project. Make categories and then break it down into each task. What tasks need to happen to complete the category?
  • [14:51] 3. Set dates. Identify the most important dates in your plan. Put all the dates in your calendar. Give each task a final due date.
  • [20:00] 4. Identify key players. If you have a team of one or more, you need to assign each task to the correct person.
  • [22:49] 5. Finalize the outline and add any details, resources, or SOPs to each task. Your project plan is almost complete. Add descriptions, additional details, and links to SOPs. 
  • [27:13] 6. Final review and check-ins. Take a moment and review your plan from top to bottom. Look at tasks, dates, assignees, and triple check everything to make sure that it's correct.
  • [29:04] 7. Make a copy.  You've done all this hard work, you might as well use it again. Create that copy before you start using it. Have a master template that you can duplicate any time you like.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Jan 13, 2022
#424: 4 Unsexy Skills That Have Made Me A Better Entrepreneur & Leader
16:05

What I Practice Every Day For Swoon-Worthy Results

What? 

You thought entrepreneurship was all glistening social media posts and champagne toasts?

Juuuust kidding.

If you’ve started a business – full time or on the side – you KNOW there are plenty of unglamorous moments.

But in this episode, I’m sharing four very specific skills that you probably wouldn’t list on a Bumble profile…but that will definitely make you a more effective and successful entrepreneur and leader. 

Promise.

Things like the ability to leverage. Or being a proactive planner. Or how I’ve learned to be an effective communicator in my business (and what that’s looked like in different situations.) 

Sneak away for a few minutes, dive into this shortie episode, and steal the four unsexy business-making traits that I’ve developed inside my business (so you can build them into yours!)

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [03:35] 1. Effective communication skills. In the past, I've shielded myself from negative conversations. I use the Radical Candor method to communicate when something goes wrong.
  • [06:47] 2. Your ability to leverage. When you leverage you still have a pulse on the project, you're just not doing everything. This is choosing who you want to collaborate with and letting them own it, but they're still doing regular check-ins with you.
  • [09:37] 3. Be willing to admit when you are wrong. If something's not working in your business, look inward and ask how I can change my communication style or whatever is causing the problem.
  • [11:42] 4. You have to be a proactive planner. A proactive planner is looking ahead six months or a year. How can you scale or improve the business in the next three years? Check out EOS.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Jan 11, 2022
#423: How To Find Support In Other Female Entrepreneurs With Lori Harder
56:18

My guest on this podcast is making big – and I mean, BIG – waves in their industry.

Lori Harder is a self-love specialist, fitness model, author, and podcast host. 

And in her spare time – wink, wink – Lori has started multiple multi-million dollar businesses which include online courses, a membership, and an upcoming sparkling rosé launch.

 A girl after my own heart!

In this episode, Lori and I talk about our most embarrassing moments as entrepreneurs who have swung a thousand times…and missed 990.

But more than that, Lori is sharing the mindset tools that have contributed the most to her success throughout years of starting and growing businesses.

Including:

  • How to stay upbeat (even when things get really, really hard)
  • How to find inspiration to get creative (even when you really, really don’t feel like it)
  • How to find support among other entrepreneurs 
  • Her tips for building a massively successful business
  • What it’s been like launching a physical product and the lessons she’s learned from her latest venture

So if you’re in the mood for a little fun and a whole lot of noteworthy nuggets, join me for this special conversation with Lori Harder.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [07:16] Lori was getting very burnt out. She wrote a list of what she wanted her life to look like. She wanted the next thing she did to connect and collaborate with people. 
  • [15:38] Creating a community and talking about core values is the number one thing that Lori has learned. The vision is built on better collaboration and opportunity within our own community. 
  • [18:38] Lite Pink has all-female investors. 
  • [29:10] As Lori made fundraising calls, she was learning along the way. Educating around these opportunities as a way to get more of our dreams out there. We can become a part of and support the things that we are truly passionate about.
  • [33:05] To get into creation mode for something new, you need to switch what you are listening to and reading. 
  • [37:14] On challenging days, keep moving and don't think about it. Don't internalize the pressure. Free yourself up to do what you need to do.

 

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Jan 06, 2022
#422: Lessons Learned From Social Media Bullies
13:19

 

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Jan 04, 2022
#421: From Court Rooms To TikTok: The Korean Vegan’s Journey Of Reinvention
55:04

Talking Life And Career Transitions Over Curry 

Like soooo many of us, Joanne Lee Molinaro hopped on to TikTok in July of 2020 as a way of coping with the isolation of quarantine.

But as fate would have it, a post of her making Korean braised potatoes for dinner (while her husband taught a piano lesson in the background) went viral and The Korean Vegan was officially on the map.

But it’s not just her red chili paste mushroom pasta or vegan kimchi cheese fries that gathers the masses and leaves them hankering for more.

My guest on today’s episode is no stranger to enduring (and leveraging) major life transitions… and she’s using her platform to share stories that challenge and inspire.

Joanne, a lawyer turned full-time creator and New York Times bestselling author, is a child to immigrant parents who at times found themselves in near-starvation situations in what is now known as North Korea. 

She shares about this among many of her other heroic tales through her social media platforms. And with over 3.5 million fans, it’s clear that her storytelling and vulnerability are what people are craving… along with her tasty chocolate chip paht cookie recipe. 

In this episode, we chat about:

  • Transitioning and pivoting in life and careers
  • The idea of reinvention and how it’s never too late in order to align with your design to create a life that lights you up
  • The power and influence of storytelling and vulnerability
  • And so much more!

Whether you find yourself in a moment of transition, you’re dreaming of making a career jump (that may or may not make sense to those around you), or you simply love a story that moves you to your core, you’re going to love my conversation with Joanne.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

[Insert transcript brief]

Click here to listen!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Dec 30, 2021
#420: Unlearning The Hustle Mentality (& How I Got It Wrong)
14:13

An Entrepreneur’s Permission To UnHustle 

I  L - O - V - E  new entrepreneurs.

There’s no drive or determination like the early days of starting a business…but with that comes a few habits that become hard to break.

Like taking that drive and willingness to do what it takes and forgetting that you’re running a marathon…not a sprint.

A “hustle, hustle, hustle” mentality can be the default setting for high achievers (like many entrepreneurs are.) But it’s also been the flag that successful entrepreneurs have loudly and proudly flown for the last decade.

And I made the mistake of falling into the hustle culture trap myself in the early days of my business.

So in this episode, I want to talk about the turning point when I realized hustling my days, nights, and weekends away wasn’t cutting it anymore

Plus how I undid the thoughts of what I “should be” as an entrepreneur and even the “hustle-over-everything” beliefs I brought into my business.

Whether you’re just starting out or you’re a long-timer like me, I hope this short and sweet conversation is one more reminder that your *whole* life deserves your attention. 

And that doing *all* the things isn’t always what’s best for your biz. 

So take a deep breath and click to listen. Your permission to unhustle is inside!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [03:29] The one thing that I would do differently in my business is that I wouldn't have hustled to get to where I am today. 
  • [04:42] The first years are the most difficult. Once you start to see traction and double down on what's working, the hustle can stop or at least slow down.
  • [06:50] What I believe now is that you can have an amazing personal life with white space and downtime as well as an amazing business.
  • [09:03] The questions we ask allow us to work smarter. It took courage to allow me to switch to a four-day workweek. My team and I put in a system and a plan. Then we got to work!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Dec 28, 2021
#419: She Was Forced To Slow Down (And Then Her Business Grew!) With Kate Northrup Watts
45:23

Say Bye-Bye To Business Burnout 

Working less and earning more is the battle cry of online entrepreneurs everywhere.

It’s why we start our own gig in the first place, right? More cash coming in, less hours glued to a screen.

My guest on today’s episode, Kate Northrup Watts, had her life changed when she was forced to slow down and as a result, her entrepreneurial hustle came to a halt. 

But then, the unthinkable happened.

Kate experienced more growth in her business than the year before.

And she’s breaking it aaaaall down during our conversation in this episode. 

In it, Kate’s putting the kibosh on hustling your way to the top. So, if you’ve been looking for permission to do less in your business without sacrificing revenue or growth… this is it.

In this episode, Kate and I talk about:

  • Exactly how Kate slowed down, worked less, and earned more
  • How to identify how much pressure you feel (instead of convincing yourself that “it’s fine”...when it’s not)
  • How us achiever-types can begin to reframe asking for help, instead of doing all the things out of pride (GUILTY)
  • Why Kate only goes for hyper-focused offers in her biz (and why you should too)

You don’t have to burn it all on the way to the top. In fact, you won’t get to the top if you’re running at 1,000 miles an hour.

So hang up your hustle culture cleats, and listen to my less-is-more conversation with Kate Northrup Watts.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [06:18] Kate was an online entrepreneur, who worked whenever she wanted until she got pregnant. She suddenly had no energy and needed to sleep 14 hours a day. She was forced to dial it back.
  • [08:36] She ended up working less than she ever had and made more money than previously!
  • [11:33] Not being able to sleep and not having good digestion are signs that something is off and you may be experiencing overwhelm.
  • [14:49] Instead of trying to do everything, ask for help. Reframe in your mind how getting help makes you more available for the important stuff. 
  • [21:42] You'll have so much more time and energy when you cut some offerings and go all in on a few things only.
  • [33:53] Cyclical work is using the wisdom of nature to guide your creative processes. You may produce fewer things but what you do make will be more robust.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Dec 23, 2021
#418: A New (& Better) Way To Look At Imposter Syndrome
15:44

Why I Don’t Think You Have Imposter Syndrome 

Stop saying you have imposter syndrome.

To which you might say, “But Amy...I do have imposter syndrome. I can’t get past this notion of ‘Who am I to start a business’ or ‘Who am I to teach on my topic?’”

Boy, do I hear you. I’ve been there a thousand times. 

But I also want to challenge you on how that mindset is most likely working against you...and I’m doing just that on this episode.

In this episode, I want to talk to you about rethinking what you’ve always labeled as imposter syndrome.

I want to lean into what might actually be a strength underneath all that fretting.

And I want to challenge you in an area that you’re probably selling yourself short. 

My friend, borrow as much courage as you need from me -- and this episode -- to put imposter syndrome to bed for good in your life and step fully into what you’ve always been called to accomplish in this world.

I believe in you with my whole heart!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Dec 21, 2021
#417: 33 Million Downloads & 870K Social Followers: Proven Organic Reach Strategies I Love
24:10

Attraction Strategies That Keep Your Pennies In Your Pocket

Today’s episode is dedicated to all my entrepreneurs who are balling on a budget.

Whether you’re just starting out (and don’t have two nickels to rub together) or you’re a seasoned entrepreneur looking to double down on organic strategies that work, I’ve got something for you. 

In this episode, I’m teaching you my favorite and most effective strategies for boosting your organic reach.

When I say “reach”, I mean people laying eyes on your business and/or offers online. 

And when I say “organic,” I mean getting in front of those people without spending a dime. Oooooh yeah.

I’ve used these strategies to promote lead magnets, podcast episodes, and so much more during all of my 13 years in business.

A.K.A -- these strategies will grow as you do.

In this episode, I’ll take you through the “how” and the “why” behind each one, including: 

  • How to get more traffic to your website or blog (even if your website is SUPER simple)
  • How to win over Google so it puts your content in front of the right people for you
  • How to get in front of other people’s audiences to grow your own (in a way that makes you both feel great about it!)
  • Why simplifying your strategy actually helps you reach more people

You and I won’t part ways until you feel 100% confident about which organic reach strategy is best for you and the right next steps to getting it DONE. 

So click here to listen and rest easy knowing that your business can grow while your wallet takes the day off.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Dec 16, 2021
#416: My Birthday Episode: Hard-Earned Lessons I’ve Learned This Year
18:34

How The Last 12 Months Have Changed My Mind… About A Lot

There’s leftover cake in the Porterfield kitchen, which can only mean one thing. 

We’ve had a birthday! Mine, to be specific. 

And while I wish I could treat you to poolside mai tais to celebrate, I thought, at the very least, we could have a little heart to heart to mark the occasion.

Because the last 12 months, as you know by now, have brought high highs and some low lows. 

So, in this special birthday episode, I’m taking stock of the lessons, wins, and losses of the last year...and sharing the brand new mindset I’m taking into this next one.

I can confidently say I’m another year wiser because the struggles of the last 365 days brought some profound lessons that I wouldn’t trade for the world.

And, as always, I hope that my lessons learned can make the load of life, leadership, and business a little lighter (and less lonely) for you, my friend… so let’s chat.

Listen and imagine us clinking chilled glasses on lounge chairs in the sun as you do!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Dec 14, 2021
#415: Eulogies, Sales Funnels, & What They Won’t Tell You In Business School with Donald Miller
47:25

My guest on this episode is a master at putting together an enthralling plotline. However, his narrative of choice isn’t film. It’s not even just marketing.

It’s life, and life by design. 

Donald Miller is an author, speaker, and the founder and CEO of StoryBrand -- a globally recognized branding framework used by the industry leaders like Pantene, Intel, Berkshire Hathaway, and Zaxby’s. 

In this episode, Donald joins me to discuss what’s really, really working in online marketing today. 

We talk about the specific type of practical knowledge required to propel success… and why they’re not teaching it in top 20 business schools.

But more than that, Donald and I also talk about how entrepreneurship gives us the ability to control much more than just conversion rates and content delivery.

When we direct our work, we have more freedom to decide on our setting.  Our key players. Our next chapter.

In this episode, Donald and I discuss:

  • Why people don’t buy from you when they open your sales email (and the moment when they definitely DO buy)
  • When to be in your customers’ inbox to land a sale and the foolproof way to never miss that window
  • The missing pieces of information the best and brightest entrepreneurs know (and how you can leverage them for your own success)
  • When to worry about credentials and when to forge your own path
  • How to become more enthralled in your own story than you are in others

And so much more!

Click here to listen to my conversation with Donald Miller. You’ll not only walk away with clearly defined action to take in your email marketing, but you’ll be more inspired to take a hold of the plotline your life is following -- and decide exactly how your business plays into it.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [05:07] A lot of the stuff we learn in business school isn't necessary to grow a business. The best kind of business education is working for a company and developing yourself to become more valuable on the open market.
  • [06:38] Personal productivity strategies include separating primary projects that are important from secondary projects. 
  • [10:37] Don's morning ritual includes reading his eulogy -- find out why!
  • [14:55] Narrative traction is when you engage in a story, because you're hoping for a certain outcome. Too many people don't engage in the outcome of their own lives.
  • [17:31] Don shares a messaging strategy that we can use right now. Create a story that points out the customer's problems (red), talk about your solutions (yellow), and describe the customer's life if they buy your product (green). Your story needs all three colors. 
  • [22:36] Marketing and building a sales funnel. A one-liner is one sentence that gets your customer engaged with your product. Your landing page invites people into a story. The third part is a lead generator like a webinar or PDF. Nurture and sales campaigns are after getting an email address. 
  • [31:05] Your main goal is to connect your customer's problem to your solution. Failing to close the deal means failing to connect their problem with your product.
Dec 09, 2021
#414: How To DIY Your Own Mastermind (& Do It Right)
17:24

Masterminds.

You hear a lot about them, but do you know what it really means to be a part of one?

Let me break it down for you.

A mastermind is a small group of entrepreneurs that keep you on track, troubleshoot with you, offer fresh insights into your business, and help you move forward.

No matter if your roadblocks are technical or maaaybe you’re stuck in your head more than anything… these people get it. They’re playing all out. And they’re here to help you move forward. 

I truly don’t think I’d be here today if it weren’t for two things...

One, investing in myself. And two, surrounding myself with people who build me up, support me, and, honestly, call me out when I need to be called out. 

So in this episode, I’m breaking down exactly how to DIY your own mastermind -- no matter what stage your business is in, with no cost required.

Because an accountability group or mastermind is right for EVERYONE.

Introverts and extroverts alike. 

Long time business owners and those still rocking the side hustle. 

Together in this episode, we’ll talk about:

  • How often to meet
  • The ideal number of people to have in your mastermind
  • What you should *definitely* include in your mastermind meetings
  • Plus the one role that holds it all together

It’s a lonely business if you’re trying to do it alone… so don’t. Give yourself the support all entrepreneurs so desperately need. You’ll thank yourself over and over again. 

So click to listen and prepare to make a few calls… your mastermind awaits!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [04:51] I got here by investing in my business and myself. In the beginning, I started out with a paid mastermind and always surrounded myself with people doing something similar to me who have valuable insights.
  • [08:52] There needs to be one or two people who will take the reins. Get clear on when you meet and think about how you want to structure it. I like hot seats where each person gets 10 minutes to talk, and then we give feedback. 
  • [14:06] Make a list of three to five people that you might want to include in your accountability or mastermind group. Put some feelers out in Facebook groups and find your group!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Dec 06, 2021
#413: How To Make Every Word Count When You're Selling & Serving with Roger Love
59:06

Speak Strategically, Sell Confidently, Serve Authentically

Voice coach and speech trainer to the stars, Roger Love, joins me on this episode…

And that might have you wondering, “Amy, why on earth would you bring a voice coach on to teach entrepreneurs? This whole Nashville move is going straight to your head.

Don’t worry, friends. The day I pick up a guitar and a microphone will be the day hell freezes over.

And while Roger has honed his expertise working with the likes of Reese Witherspoon, John Mayer, Bradley Cooper, and Selena Gomez…

He’s not running through scales today. Your long-forgotten arpeggios can stay that way. 

Roger joins me on the podcast to teach you, my beautiful entrepreneurs, how to communicate more effectively on behalf of your business and command any room with your presentation skills. 

In this episode, Roger masterfully explains how entrepreneurs (AKA YOU!) can powerfully and simply shift how you speak to sell more confidently, build trust with your audience, and present yourself in a way that screams, “Hello world, you’re going to want to pay attention to this!

Imagine showing up to your next masterclass or podcast interview with the persuasion, charm, and influence of Bradley Cooper, himself.

Irresistible.

So go ahead and dive into my incredible masterclass-style interview with Roger Love. You’ll walk away from our conversation with:

  • Strategies and tips from the expert himself to feeling more confident (and true to your heart) when you’re selling
  • The reason why tone + emotion > words when it comes to getting your audience to trust you and pay attention to what you have to say (and how to use this to your strength)
  • Techniques for avoiding pesky filler words like, “Um” and “Uh” during a masterclass, Live video, or podcast

Here’s to the best and brightest version of yourself showing up in every Live you do, my friend!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [10:13] Roger shares why it's important to be intentional with how you communicate. We need to be able to move people emotionally! 
  • [14:14] We were born with an instrument that we either learned how to use or didn't. We can all tune up our instruments (our voice) and become great speakers.
  • [16:34] Want to become more confident? Start speaking in melody. When we speak we create melodies or the patterns that go up and down -- learn how to do this the right way. 
  • [23:50] When we get nervous our breathing gets shallow and fast. Slow down your breathing before going live. Breath in through your nose and close your lips.
  • [30:24] It's wonderful to smile, but smiling makes the corners of your mouth go wide which makes your voice sound more nasal. Smile when you're not speaking. Smile with your eyes and your voice.
  • [39:23] Make your commas and periods have longer silence. You don't have to slow down the words, you can just increase the silence. Silence is where you give your audience a chance to feel.
  • [43:47] How to avoid all the pesky filler words like um or uh. These filler words are used to avoid silence, and we already know that silence is amazing.
  • [56:05] Action Steps: Book a Facebook Live this week. Speak live on camera and practice one thing you learned today. Practice can make the techniques second-hand.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Dec 02, 2021
#412: My Live Video Secrets For Feeling Confident & Calm (Even When You're Not)
21:23

All the greats have a routine.


Before every match, Rafael Nadal situates his socks so they’re exactly the same height, no more than 15 cm high, and the sponsor’s logo is parallel to the ground.


John Legend eats half a rotisserie chicken before every show. (Hey, whatever works!) 


Before going onstage, Game of Thrones actor Kit Harington kisses a crucifix three times, eats three Haribo gummy bears, and takes (yep) three sips of water.


Superstition or not, athletes, artists, and leaders of all walks have found unique ways to get in the zone. Helping yourself into a place where you feel confident and ready to tackle the task in front of you? I’ll cosign that, every time!


That’s why in this episode, I’m talking about the different routines that I’ve developed over the years that help me go live on video with confidence, regardless of how I feel.


Because I’ll be honest, being on video has NEVER been in my comfort zone... it still isn’t.


But after years of practice, I’ve found a few foolproof rituals to get me in the zone and help me deliver content on video that I feel really great about (even if I didn’t feel like pressing the GO LIVE button.)


But here’s the kicker! Not all live video is created equally.
So in this episode, I’m sharing what I do before Facebook Lives, live Q&As, and my masterclasses to prepare for the unique pressures of different styles of live video.


You’ll walk away with specific examples and inspiration for your own pre-video routines so you can show up more readily for your audience, feel more confident, and hit your live-video stride much sooner.


You can leverage live video in your business, even if the idea makes you break out in hives. You owe it to your audience to share what you have for them...and after you’ve gone live a time or two, I think you’ll realize this whole live video thing isn’t as scary as we make it out to be.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [03:38] You need an easy setup. Keep your equipment and location simple.
  • [05:58] It's a lot easier when you do your video consistently. Doing video on a regular basis can make it become just a part of how you do business. 
  • [07:22] Create your own routine! I have three routines for three different types of videos. 
  • [17:52] Here are 3 steps you can use to create confidence on video! 1. Set things up, like your location and equipment, so video is easy. 2. Identify the types of videos you are going to do and create a routine for each of them. 3. Do video more often so it's not a novelty -- I suggest at least once a week.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not follwing, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Nov 30, 2021
#411: A Day-by-Day Sneak Peek Into My Work Week
57:01

My Day-To-Day Life As An 8-Figure Online Business Owner

Three years ago, I shared an episode chronicling a “week in the life” with me, both professionally and personally.

And since then, just about everything has changed.

The size of my team… what I’m focusing on… my big, risky goals… what I sell in my business… even my address looks wildly different.  

Well, for me, learning how other entrepreneurs and mentors plan, prioritize, execute, and live day-to-day life has significantly influenced and inspired how I set up my own week. 

And I thought, heck! You might be curious to know how I schedule and prioritize my days, and how exactly I navigate through sooo many action items in a continuously growing business. (So you can do the same!)

So, I decided to do it again. To record an episode that’s fully transparent with you about what a week looks like three years further into my business. 

In this episode, I’m doing a morning and evening check-in Sunday through Thursday night so you can ride shotgun with me through all the lessons learned, the hard stuff, and the victories, too. 

I’m sharing what I'm working on and what I'm focused on right now, including a lot of behind the scenes, action items, insights, and the small moments that make up my week.

It’s going to be personal… including the good, the bad, and the ugly.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Nov 24, 2021
#410: What Happens When A Launch Doesn’t Go As Planned
14:23

From elementary school days and color-coordinated folders …

To my corporate days and making a name for myself as the girl with the checklists, the one you could depend on to know exactly what comes next…

I’ve always been a girl with a plan.

But I’ve learned, much to my dismay, that even when you have an airtight plan… things don’t always turn out the way you’d hoped.
Especially in business. Especially when that business is your business. 

So today, I want to talk about how to handle launches… promotions… or just moments in your business that don’t shake out according to plan. (From a girl who’s seen her fair share!) 
I’ll be sharing a moment from my own business that I won’t call a failure… but I definitely wouldn’t call a success.

It was a particular launch that I had sky-high hopes for (and a project plan that would make Clea and Joanna from Home Edit proud, proud, proud.)

But it still. didn’t. work. Not like I’d expected it to, at least.

I’m talking about the feelings, hindsight realizations, and, of course, the lessons learned from this (and many) failures (a.k.a unmet expectations) inside my business.

Plus, you know I have a word of encouragement and a little tough love for you, dear online entrepreneur, for those days where things don’t go exactly to plan in YOUR business.

Spoiler alert… your business isn’t defined by those moments. In fact, your business is *made* in those moments.

  • Here’s a glance at this episode...
    [0:54] I have discovered that I have an all or nothing mentality, and friend, it doesn’t serve me!
    [6:01] I want to start looking at things where I’m going to do my best and enjoy the journey, not just focusing on accomplishing things. It’s my new mission to enjoy the process, not the outcome.
    [7:39] Imagine adopting a mindset where you’re going to do the best you can, and just showing up and going through the process is just as important as the goal that you set. 
    [11:02] Not hitting your number or your goal isn’t a failure. Remember that we make our own goals, and we are in it for the long haul. We are on this journey together.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already,  follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Nov 22, 2021
#409: From Social Posts To Weekly Content: Create Your 3-Month Content Calendar Step-By-Step
28:27

Content creation dread is about to become a thing of the past!

Because in this workshop-style episode, I’m laying out exactly how to put together 3 months worth of content in just a few hours. 

Yep! An entire business quarter worth of digital content  -- from free weekly content to social media posts to holiday and promotional pieces -- strategized, laid out, and ready to schedule in just a handful of hours.

In this episode, we’ll be diving deep into content creation strategy together, covering topics like:

  • How to identify big topics that will leave your audience clamoring for more
  • How big promotions should factor into your content plans
  • How to leverage holidays and themes to communicate well with your perfect audience
  • How to incorporate a “set-it-and-forget-it” rhythm into your content creation routine
  • And so much more

Book half a day on your calendar and get ready to master creating content -- that’s all you’ll need!

You’ll knock out an entire business quarter’s worth of content and I’ll walk you through exactly how in today’s episode. 

Plus, I’ve put together a free three-month content calendar so you can simply plug in your dates and content and find yourself with a high-converting content calendar to replicate time after time. 

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [03:28] Content is the original content that you create every week with your message and your ideas. It can be in the form of a podcast, blog, video show, or live social content. 
  • [04:38] Identify ideas that your ideal community wants to learn or know about. Brainstorm a list of ideas and write them down. What excites them? What makes you their solution? What crosses the invisible bridge?
  • [10:25] You can use holidays and themes to guide your content and come up with topic ideas. You can even use hashtag holidays like national donut day.
  • [11:25] Set a timer for 20 minutes and head back into your weekly content. What resonated with lots of comments and what was shared? Choose a topic or two that you can expand on or shed new light on.
  • [13:21] Start to fill out your calendar. This should only take 30 to 45 minutes. Put in dates for the upcoming 3 months. Fill out your important dates such as promotions, themes, holidays, etc. and then continue to fill it out week-by-week.
  • [21:08] When it comes to social posts, decide where you're going to share. Try to post daily or three to five times a week with specific content pillars. 
  • [25:44] Action step: Grab the free 3-month content calendar and start filling it out!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Nov 18, 2021
#408: Burnout, Slowing Down, & How To Get Your Motivation Back
12:56

What To Do When You Just Don’t Want To Work

It’s the calling card of entrepreneurship.

Total flexibility. Time freedom. The ability to make your schedule and change your schedule.

But in this episode, I want to talk about something a little less… organized.

A little less concrete and more, well, reactive.

If I’m being perfectly honest, there are times in my business that I just don’t want to work.

There, I said it! And this is coming from a girl who completely adores my business, the work I get to do, and the people I work with. 

But the best way I can explain this feeling is simply, “I just don’t want to do anything.” 

I want to unplug from everything except The Real Housewives. I want to wipe my calendar clean. And I want to curl up with Scout and watch a few TikToks.

10 years ago, this thought would trigger instant guilt or shame. “There’s so much work to be done!” 

You’re the boss, Amy! Set an example, keep your word, don’t inconvenience others.”

And so in the past, I’d ignore this feeling… pushing through and showing up to my day with a quarter of a tank.

Dear friends, as entrepreneurs, when we’re living for the weekends (or dreading Mondays) we’re doing it wrong

(And my 9-5ers, I know your situation is different. I have a word of advice in this episode for you, too!)

It’s important for you to be able to stop and not do anything. 

Because these feelings of not wanting to do anything are often screaming signs of burnout. 

Sometimes, you need to make time to not do anything. Even if it’s the middle of the week. You hear me? 

Flexibility is the beauty of being an entrepreneur and running your own business -- lean in. And if you’re wondering how, this one’s for you. 

In this episode, I’m sharing what I do now with feelings of resistance instead of freaking out and falling into a shame spiral.

Including:

  • What I do to my schedule
  • How I know what to push and what not to
  • How I find time to really slow down
  • How to not judge yourself when you finally do take that time off
  • And the pep talk you probably need to hear right now

When you’re the boss, you get to decide what it means to be the boss. And that means trusting yourself and your capability to prioritize and make space so that you can show back up as a better partner, leader, friend, and entrepreneur. 

More patient. More present. More impact. 

So go ahead, my dear entrepreneur. Click to listen and then do it… take the days off. 

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [08:04] When you are your own boss, and you are calling the shots. Take some time for yourself when you get to that point of burnout. You don't always have to be on.
  • [09:38] The beauty of being an entrepreneur is that you can take time to wind down or do nothing. Being your own boss is a lot of responsibility and a lot of work. There are times when you just need to slow down and recharge.
  • [10:05] Another thing that has helped me not reach burnout is my 4 day work week. We all love the extra time and feel more relaxed and focused during our work week.
  • [11:53] You have permission to take more than a weekend off. You deserve it! After all, you are the boss!

Click here to listen!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Nov 16, 2021
#407: Now & Then In Marriage And Business With Hobie Porterfield
39:31

Where Life, Love, and List Building Meet

Choosing to start your own business can be one of the wildest, most beautiful, and sometimes scariest decisions you’ll ever make.

But what about the people who share the kitchen that you now call an office?

Those peeking in on you at 4am before you head into the office with a hot cup of tea and a kiss on the head?

Those who listen intently, attempt to encourage and celebrate each tiny win wildly (even if they don’t totally understand what you’re talking about)

Entrepreneurship doesn’t just affect the entrepreneur -- for better or for worse. It also influences the lives of those closest to you. 

In my own marriage, I can attest to how becoming an entrepreneur has both challenged and strengthened my relationship with Hobie.

We often talk about the now and then and how our relationship has changed, how I’ve grown, and how entrepreneurship has really affected our lives.

And in this episode, I’d love to invite you into the conversation.

I’m sitting down with my favorite guest ever, Hobie, to discuss what’s changed in our marriage thanks to my business, and how you can protect, support, and grow your relationships as you build the business that frees you up to enjoy them.

We talk about...

  • Where I struggled and the number one roadblock Hobie saw me come up against in the early days 
  • What was the hardest part for Hobie as the spouse of someone starting an online business
  • Finances in our early days versus now, how we began to lean on one salary more than the other, and the challenges that came with that
  • Plus, a pep talk from Hobie to you

I hope this episode gives you the tools and encouragement to tackle the tricky parts head-on with the people you love the very most.

(Because none of it matters without them, right?)

Here’s a glance at this episode...

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Nov 11, 2021
#406: The Great Facebook Outage Of 2021: What If Social Media Disappeared Tomorrow
13:45

What Should Come First: Your Email List Or Digital Course?

Remember “The Great Social Media Crash of October 2021”? 

You know...people totally freaked out and Twitter had its best day in years?

Well, it didn’t disrupt my business one bit.

In fact, that day I sent an email to a segmented group on my email list about a product that I thought would be really valuable to them.

And within a day, I made $17,000 from that one email.

I tell you all this because when you have an email list, you’re in control of your business and how you reach your audience. 

I sent one email, made 17k on a day when many, many people lost money.

I don't know about you, but I don't want to give anyone else power over my revenue like that.

Not only does email marketing produce 174% more conversions than social media, according to Campaign Monitor...

...but an email list is the only business asset proven to yield an average of $44 for every $1 spent.

A 440% ROI? I rest my case.

And with all this hard data, I still see entrepreneurs struggling to prioritize and grow their email list. 

And in this episode, I’m revealing why I find that is (and exactly how you can avoid finding yourself in a similar rut.)

So listen and prepare to plant yourself squarely back in the driver's seat of your biz and email list. 

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [1:28] My number one obstacle when selling Digital Course Academy is people not having an email list, or people saying they don't have an audience. 
  • [2:17] If you're not focusing on your list, all the strategies in the world won't help. You can't build your business on rented land or social media.
  • [4:06] Your email list is the number one most important asset in your business. It will convert 4 times higher than any social media post.
  • [5:03] Here’s what’s missing: Are you connecting and aligning your email list with your dreams and goals for your business? 
  • [7:14] Everything you want in your business and everything you dream of would be easier and faster if you had an engaged email list.
  • [10:21] Let your business be easy! It doesn't happen to be hard. Focus on a list that will make your business easy and align with your dreams and goals.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Nov 09, 2021
#405: Overcome Overwhelm & Secrets To Being Your Own PR Rep with Susie Moore
51:18

Stop Stressing And Start Living

Have you ever seen a bright and up-and-coming entrepreneur featured in your dream publication...and felt that tight knot of envy form in your stomach?

Well, bid that feeling farewell, my friend.

Because in this episode, the brilliant Susie Moore is showing you how to pack the “Featured In” portion of your website with major names and publications (without paying expensive PR fees.)

Susie has landed herself in over 300 media publications including Oprah, Marie Claire, Forbes, and The Today Show. 

So, to say she knows a thing or two about getting exposure would be a massive understatement.

Susie has secured herself these features on her own behalf and in this episode, she’s revealing the strategies and techniques that landed her on Oprah (OPRAH!) for you to replicate. 

And while Susie is known for landing big PR opportunities, more than anything, she’s passionate about helping entrepreneurs find ease in the big and small things and move past discomfort when faced with big decisions, opportunities, or hold ups.

Taking risks and playing big requires discomfort and in this episode, Susie is sharing the strategies necessary to engage your mind through it all and take the stress out of the imaginary. 

So if gaining more exposure for your online business is one of your big, audacious goals for 2022 -- or you’re simply looking for a liiiitle more courage to make and tackle a few big audacious goals -- this episode is a MAJOR can’t-miss.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [05:41] Susie is obsessed with helping people become more confident in an authentic, easy way. 
  • [08:24] Overwhelm can often be a stress response to things going right. Give yourself permission to pause and understand what's happening. A slight shift in how we see things always helps. 
  • [13:52] We need to employ our mind consciously -- so much of our stress is imaginary. Quit asking what ifs and let it be easy. 
  • [22:49] A Get To Do list changes everything. Be thankful for what you have instead of being burdened by responsibilities that come with it. 
  • [31:37] Confidence is a willingness to feel uncomfortable. There has to be some type of trust there -- be willing to say yes and be willing to be rejected. 
  • [41:41] When presenting yourself to the media ask: Who's interested? What can I tell these people? Share why you can tell the information? Share why now?
  • [44:28] Susie loved cracking the code for her new book, Let It Be Easy.  The book contains real practical ways that you can apply to areas where your life may feel hard.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Nov 04, 2021
#404: Why We Avoid Things In Our Business (& What To Do About It)
14:31

Kick Procrastination To The Curb And Make Peace With Your To-Do List 

You know those tasks in your business that feel like a reward?

For me, it’s meeting with my leadership team or creatively strategizing for opportunities and projects we have coming down the line.

Mmm-mmm. Pack my calendar with those tasks any day!

But then there are some tasks that I see in Asana...and I would rather file taxes than tackle those during my day.

So what ends up happening?

I push those tasks off and off...and they linger and linger.  

You too? 

Well in this episode, we’re examining the things we don’t want to do in our business and why we don’t want to do them. 

While the beauty of being an entrepreneur is that you don’t have to do stuff you don’t want to do, it benefits you (and your business!) to examine WHY you avoid things or feel resistance around them. 

So in this episode, I’ll be covering:

  • How to examine whether your procrastination has to do with your insecurities.  *gulp*
  • Things you can do to help get clear on whether that feeling of dread is something that’s truly serving you (which can be the case!) or if it’s getting in the way. 
  • A simple challenge you can try out this week to assess resistance you’re feeling in your business and begin to grow the entrepreneurial muscles necessary to overcome them. 

Plus, I’ll give you examples of dread that I experience in my own business and how I overcome them without white-knuckling and wearing myself out. 

So grab your headphones, set your task list aside for the moment, and let’s tackle this together. 

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [02:08] Is the outcome of this task going to outweigh the feeling of uncertainty of doing it?
  • [05:20] Are you dreading something because you feel insecure or is it genuinely not your thing? 
  • [07:33] Check in with yourself after you've done the thing. Pay attention to how you feel afterwards. Pay attention to your audience. Did they love it?
  • [11:14] Change the sentence from “I have to record a podcast” to “I get to record a podcast.” Pay attention to what's coming up for you and learn where the resistance is coming from.
  • [12:37] Take the next step to notice where your dread or resistance is coming from and then ask why it's coming up for you.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Nov 02, 2021
#403: 5 Tips To Kiss Tech Overwhelm Goodbye
39:32

It’s important for you to know how the technology in your business works.

And if you told me that 13 years ago, I might have just abandoned ship on the whole thing. 

Lifestyle, financial, and time freedom...on the other side of learning and dealing with software?

Not sure it’s worth it. 

But after 13 years of tech trial, errors, and tragedy...I have some good news.

You don’t have to be an expert at the tech in your business. And you don’t need to know everything.

But choosing a few systems to use in your business and understanding how they work holistically will allow you to show up 10x more confident in your business.

And in this episode, I’m helping you do exactly that.

I’m spelling out five tips for overcoming tech overwhelm that I’ve learned over the last 13 years that save the day every time.

If you are technologically faint of heart…

...or could just use a little confidence boost when it comes to choosing and using the software necessary to run an online business), I recorded this episode with you in mind. 

I’m sharing some pretty entertaining tech flops, as well as a very tiny guest appearance from my CMO, Cho Cho! You’re in for a treat. 

Also, be sure to head to my show notes to grab the freebie that goes along with this episode... and never worry about going live ever again!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [05:22] Tech Tip #1: Spend a little time researching what platforms you want to use. Ask for recommendations, research and then make a decision. 
  • [09:40] Tech Tip #2: Find the tech you are going to use and stick with it. No platform is perfect -- if you keep flip-flopping, you'll never master it.
  • [19:33] Tech Tip #3: Don't be super fancy. Go for the basic option when you're first starting out.
  • [23:01]Tech Tip #4: If you have a little extra money to spare, contract it out. If you hire someone to set up your tech, take some time to have them teach you how to use it.
  • [31:25] Tech Tip #5: Shift your mindset. Watch what you're saying to yourself. Negative self-talk does not serve you -- even if it's challenging, say to yourself that you will figure it out.
  • [34:09] Have a plan B. Make sure you know what to do if something goes wrong. Having a back-up plan takes a little bit of time and work, but if you have one you can avoid a lot of problems.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, Follow to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Oct 28, 2021
#402: The Innovative Strategy For Avoiding Burnout With Jonathan Fields
59:17

How Entrepreneurs Do The Work That Drives Them

How’s your breathing today? 

Deep and restorative? (Or did that question just prompt your first deep inhale of the day?)

And your shoulders?

High and tight OR relaxed, breezy, and unburdened by the weight of the world? 

(I bet I can guess.) 

The unfortunate reality is that “business as usual” can leave entrepreneurs anatomically all shook up.

And I hate it. 

The very reasons we leave the 9-5 grind…

...more flexibility, more control over our time, more room to be creative and do the work we love…

...becomes buried by the demands of being a 1-man or 1-woman show. 

This means the entrepreneur’s archnemesis BURNOUT lurks right around the corner.

But, not for you. Not today.

Because in this episode, we’re adding tools to your tool belt to help you nip that entrepreneurial threat in the bud. 

I’m so excited to share my fascinating conversation with the brilliant Jonathan Fields with you!

Jonathan hosts the popular podcast called The Good Life Project and serves as the founder & CEO of Spark Endeavors -- a company that helps people and organizations discover the work that truly drives them. 

But today, specifically, I’m excited to chat about a concept that Jonathan created called Sparketype. 

This innovative strategy will help you discover your unique imprint for doing work that lights you up, understand how to use your energy in different areas of your life, and better avoid burnout.

And the coolest part? This unique approach draws upon years of research and more than 25 million data points. 

By the end of today’s episode, you’ll have a clearer picture of what a Sparketype is, how you can use this information in your life to avoid uninspired work and burnout, and start experiencing more meaningful work, excitement, and joy in your life. 

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [06:09] Burnout is caused by our work not being a true expression of how we feel. 
  • [12:55] Burnout is different from anxiety, it's a feeling of profound depletion.
  • [15:40] A sense of discontent and not feeling like you have meaning in life can be a sign of misalignment. Our work can be a huge part or a missed opportunity of getting meaning.
  • [26:24] Through a lot of research, Jonathan was able to distill these impulses down to 10 archetypes or what he calls Sparketypes.
  • [27:56] The Primary Sparketypes are the ones that really make you feel alive. Shadow Sparketypes are your next strongest impulses. The Anti-Sparketype is work that you have to do. 
  • [51:48] Understanding your Sparketypes gives you really good insight into your decision-making process. You also start to feel seen -- it reflects back to you a deeper truth about who you are.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Oct 25, 2021
#401: Live Video: Acting Natural & Going Off The Cuff With E! News Celebrities Jason Kennedy & Giuliana Rancic
01:02:29

Go Live On Video With The Confidence Of A Pro

Nothing like the words “live video” to make you break out in a sweat.

I’m talking about the kind of nerves you haven’t experienced since your 8th grade “Under the Sea” dance.

Let’s keep it real, live video is intimidating...especially when you’re just getting started. 

Over the years, I’ve stumbled over words, lost my train of thought, and said the wrong thing at the wrong time more often than I can count.

When it comes to live video? You’ve gotta roll with the punches and get on with the show, my friend.

But what if a mess up happens in front of, oh I don’t know...Rihanna?

Or Elton John...Kim Kardashian...or Adam Lavigne?

My guests on this episode know a thing or two about high stakes on live video.

They’ve become experts in their field at acting natural, going off the cuff, and navigating live video faux pas. 

These EXTRA! special guests are hands down the best in the biz.

Did you guess it?!

I’m sitting down with Jason Kennedy and Giuliana Rancic who you may know from their years and years on E! News. 

Pinch me!

But what you may not know about Jason and Giuliana is that, aside from being experts in front of the camera, they’re also entrepreneurs who have a digital course! 

In this interview, the three of us discuss:

  • The best piece of advice they’ve ever received in their career
  • How to keep things under control when you veer away from the plan
  • How to go off the cuff without getting worked up
  • How to be engaging and ways to show up more naturally on video
  • And my personal favorite, stories about a time when they were most nervous in front of the camera. 

If going live on video is something you currently do inside of your biz -- or you know you need to do more of -- this episode is a can’t miss!

Click to listen and learn from the pros (I know I did!) 

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [01:14] Being on video is a big part of being a digital course creator and a big part of being an online entrepreneur. That doesn't mean it's easy or comfortable. It takes skill and practice, and I have experts Giuliana Rancic and Jason Kennedy here to talk about that.
  • [14:08] When it comes to live video, the more prepared you are the more comfortable you will be. Rehearse and practice!
  • [19:35] Secret tip: Tilt your face, don't just move your eyes when reading a teleprompter! Make subtle movements to the left and right while keeping your eyes forward. 
  • [28:56] One of the most common video mistakes is not acting natural and being yourself. Find what makes you feel comfortable and go with that.
  • [36:54] We learn why you need to be authentic, don't rehearse jokes, and be careful with the level of spray tan you get. 
  • [46:51] Jason's best advice ever received is to not be so hard on himself. Embrace your flaws, traits, gifts, and talents. 
  • [49:13] Giuliana says there are no shortcuts. She realized her dreams because she was a hard worker and was willing to do the work.
  • [59:55] Action steps: Put one of the things you learned today into practice.

 

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Oct 21, 2021
#400: My Favorite Books & A 400th Episode Giveaway
29:58

The books that built my business -- library card not required.

This episode is a celebration for bookworms and those who consider themselves “podcast people” alike. 

I wouldn’t say I’m a bookworm by any stretch of the imagination. (More of an audiobook and podcast girl, myself.)

But I DO know that books have played a major role in the growth of my business...not to mention my growth as an entrepreneur and, well, person. 

And to celebrate this special 400th episode of Online Marketing Made Easy, I’m sharing the top 12 books that have fundamentally shaped how I’ve grown my business, taken care of my mental well-being, and given myself a break from the everyday hustle. 

If you’ve ever wondered, “What books should I be reading as an entrepreneur?” I'm sharing why these books are at the top of my list. 

Including topics, like:

  • Business systems that free up your time to work in your genius zone (or log off early, lace up your sneakers, and hit the trails...whatever the day calls for)
  • Why fear feels so lonely
  • How one of America’s richest self-made women deals with setbacks (and A LOT of them)
  • My most recent exploration: how to achieve more by doing less *praise hands*
  • Saying no to opportunities because of the fear of being in front of people
  • A little something special for my fellow Enneagram 2’s  ;) 
  • How to know if you should keep pushing for something you believe in or keep working towards becoming your own boss or starting your own business
  • The single book that got me to a place where I was finally hitting my goals...and struggling less along the way to achieving those goals

If any of the above made you said, “Gimme that book rec, Amy!”, dive on in, my friend. 

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Oct 14, 2021
#399: A Science-Backed Habit For Anxious Entrepreneurs with Mel Robbins
52:33

Is It Time To Trade In Our Daily Affirmations?

While this episode might not exactly feel like snuggling into a Barefoot Dreams blanket with a hot cup of chai…

...you, my friend, are still in for a feel-good episode….technically speaking. ;) 

Today, I’m sitting down with the leading voice in the personal development and transformational space, Mel Robbins, to talk about anxiety and entrepreneurship.

And we’re getting real. Like, super real. 

If you’ve been around for a while, you know I’m very open about my longtime battle with anxiety and depression -- and I found a kindred spirit in Mel.

YES, Mel’s considered a thought-leader in the personal development industry. 

YES, she’s an international bestselling author, TedX talk celebrity, and creator of the wildly popular “five second rule.” 

But what you might not know about this larger-than-life figure is that Mel lived with anxiety, panic attacks, and untreated childhood trauma for 35 years. 

Mel’s unique vantage point of battling some major mental hurdles while working hard to build a successful business is something any entrepreneur who struggles with anxiety or depression can relate to. 

(Myself included.)

And it’s from that place that she’s sitting down with me today to share some of the most powerful, science backed techniques that you and I, dear listener, can use in our personal and professional life to find our grounding and nip self-doubt in the bud, including:

  • One habit more powerful than all your other habits
  • Why positive self talk is a bunch of bologna (and the science that agrees)
  • Why mantras don’t work alone

PLUS one piece of homework for you that will turn an anxious day around (and won’t take you more than 30 seconds.) 

To the entrepreneur struggling with anxious thoughts, I hope this episode encourages you, equips you, and makes you feel WAY less alone.

Be kind to yourself...you’re doing hard and brave things.

And know that I’m cheering you on every step of the way!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [05:14] Mel’s on a mission to save everyone else the heartache and headaches that she caused herself for 40 plus years. 
  • [07:43] Through our own actions and attitudes we can have a positive impact on any problem or obstacle we face. We have the ability to figure it out. 
  • [11:37] When you feel overwhelmed and hit a wall, there's a moment when you feel like giving up. Raise your hand and high-five yourself. It's neurologically impossible to criticize yourself when you are high-fiving yourself -- it actually creates positive programming in your brain.
  • [22:47] Empower, support, and embrace yourself throughout the day. Having habits that celebrate you will increase your success. Set an intention and seal it with a high-five as you begin each day.
  • [39:06] Mel shares how her first three courses were a flop. If you want to be an entrepreneur, you have to put stuff out there. You won't know what is going to work until you get feedback. 
  • [47:30] The High 5 Challenge is an attempt for Mel to get 5 million people to wake up 5 days in a row and start their day with a high five in the mirror. 
  • [51:37] Action steps: Go to the mirror and give yourself a high-five and share it on Instagram and tag Amy and Mel. Sign up for the challenge and buy the book.

Click here to listen!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Oct 07, 2021
#398: The Uphill Battle Of Being Your Own Boss & How To Keep Moving Forward
40:00

How To Be The Boss During Big Life Changes

“Where you are in your journey, I hope you, too, will keep encountering challenges. It is a blessing to be able to survive them, to be able to keep putting one foot in front of the other -- to be in a position to make the climb up life’s mountain, knowing that the summit still lies ahead. And every experience… is a valuable teacher.” - Oprah Winfrey

On January 1, 2021, I woke up in a new state.

Literally...and mentally, to be honest.

The first six months of 2021 were some of the most challenging months I’ve ever had...and hardly anyone knew.  

I experienced three major life changes back to back, and even though some of those changes were really good...change is still change. 

It knocked the wind out of me and struggled to find my footing.

When it rained, it poured and I was caught with no umbrella...totally exposed. 

Gene-Kelly wasn’t coming to save me.

NOBODY was singing in this rain.

And in this episode, I’m peeling back the curtain and letting you in on these three biiiig changes because I know I’m not unique in this feeling. 

Sharing these raw stories with you isn’t always easy for me, but I think it’s important.

Entrepreneurs, we’re human too.

So here it is.

Your permission to be totally...messily...freely human.

To take up as much space with your process as you need to.

To work through hard things as quickly as you’re able, but as slowly as you need.

And now that I’m 6 months into the year and juuuust about on the other side of my storm, I want to share with you the habits and thought patterns that have made a world of a difference to me as I, an entrepreneur, took on...well, life. 

My friend, if you’ve ever felt like a fraud as a leader or doubted your ability to make an impact because you’re struggling with life circumstances...I recorded every minute of this episode with you in mind.

Click to listen and know that I’m cheering you on every step of the way.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [10:22] Because of my depression, I reverted back to old behaviors and started to eat to calm myself. It affected my work and personal life. I love change, but this one was bigger than I had planned. 
  • [13:22] Having anxiety and depression has helped me to better understand my students who struggle with mental illness. It has allowed me to have more compassion and understand how hard it can be to run a business and get through these things. It's not easy, but I believe it can be done.
  • [21:21] Thoughts create feelings, feelings create actions, and actions create results. I know when I have a certain feeling, it comes from a thought. I'm now focused on moving forward and dealing with my thoughts and feelings in a more positive way.
  • [23:03] If you're dealing with reverting to old habits or struggling with feeling confident in any which way, I know what that feels like. You need to be seen and heard and set an example for those in your audience who also may be struggling with the same insecurities.
  • [26:37] I got a book deal. When I got the deal, things became weird. My head was full of doubt. Before this, I spent four months writing my proposal, and I felt like I was in the flow. After the deal, my progress stalled. I was on the hook and suddenly felt like nothing was good enough.
  • [33:29] When we're more aware of self-sabotage or impostor syndrome, we have a better ability to stop it. Enjoy the good things that come into your life. You deserve them.
  • [34:58] Think of what you've struggled with and then say, "this is normal." We all have our struggles. We can all be empowered and take away the judgment and accept that challenges happen. Keep moving forward and do the next right thing.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Sep 30, 2021
#397: {Live Workshop} Stop Living Scared, & Start Living Fully With Bevin Farrand
01:00:19

How One Woman Turned Her Personal Tragedy Into A Digital Course With A Mission For Good

My student, Bevin Farrand, is setting us ALL straight when it comes to the trips we’re not taking…

...the risks we’ve been avoiding...

...and the life we’re not living. 

You see, after unexpectedly losing her husband and the love of her life, Bevin decided it was time to stop living on the sidelines of her life. 

And she used her own life experience to create a framework that helps hundreds of others exit the sidelines, get in life’s game, and do the damn thing -- whatever that “damn thing” is to them.

Which is how Bevin’s course, Take The Damn Trip, was born. 

(How AMAZING is that course name, by the way?)

In this episode, Bevin is hosting a LIVE workshop for you -- my OMME listener -- that will help you discover your “why”, your “yes”, and how to start living boldly

She’ll also be sharing how she came up with her course idea and what she tweaked to make her same course convert at an even higher rate.

This is one of those episodes where you’ll not only walk away with a notebook full of practical steps for taking your digital course to the next level…

...but with a fire in your belly for all that life has to offer you.

Don’t wait one more minute to start living fully!

The doors to Digital Course Academy are officially open. If you're ready to take the leap and join me on this course creation journey, click the here!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [03:53] Bevin's husband surprised her with a whirlwind trip to France. He passed away five days later. Bevin's life was flipped upside down. 
  • [09:41] She reflected on what she has done differently, and she came up with the DAMN framework. She is all about saying the thing and doing the thing. 
  • [14:11] Bevin explains how she transitioned to focusing on her DAMN framework but was resistant to niching down. Fast forward, niching down has made her over $47,000. 
  • [21:21] The DAMN framework consists of Decide & Declare. A is Attend Your Own Party. M is Moments Not Missed. N is Now is the Time. 
  • [31:20] With the D, we need to get clear on our why and our yes! Knowing your why makes hard times easier. For your yes, ask what you can talk about all day. Why do you want it?
  • [52:04] We never know what's going to happen, so do the thing you want to do. This isn’t a reason to live scared, but instead to live fully!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Sep 23, 2021
#396: Behind-The-Scenes Launch Bloopers From My 13 Years As An Entrepreneur
21:19

Digital Course Fails From a So-Called Professional (*facepalm*)

Aaaah, bloopers.

I love a good blooper in any form -- from America’s Funniest Home Videos to a Kristin Wigg outtake to a “fails” reel on Instagram. 

But today the tables turn and it’s yours truly who’s in the hot seat.

*GULP*

I’ve experienced more blunders than I can count in my 13 years of online business and I’m sharing the best (or maybe worst) of them in this episode.

From blacking out… 

to being blacklisted from Zoom… 

to getting a liiiiittle tipsy on Live video… 

to welcoming students who hadn’t signed up for my course… 

to drenching my team with tequila while live on camera… 

I’ve had enough bloopers to last me a lifetime.

So I want to dedicate this episode to all of you who think that, if you’re going to create and launch a digital course, it all has to go as planned. 

Because these bloopers span from my early digital course days all the way to this year -- yep, 2021 where I, the expert, should have my you-know-what sorted out.

No matter how prepared, professional, or experienced you are -- life’s just a little messy. 

I’ve learned instead that it’s our job as entrepreneurs to try new things and get out of our comfort zones. And yes, every now and then, that means things backfire.

But in the grand scheme of things, we’re the luckiest.

We get to try -- and in the meantime, we gather stories, memories, and a lot of lessons learned. 

And at the end of the day, we’re still standing and our businesses are still okay…even if it isn’t always perfect. 

Despite these bloopers (and some of them are seriously cringe-worthy), I’ve still been able to build a massively successful business.

And you can do the same, my friend.

Also, I want to invite you to my brand new, FREE Masterclass 5 Little-Known Mistakes  *Most * Course Creators Make and What to Do Instead. Let this be your first step (that isn’t as scary as doing a launch) towards creating a successful digital course. 

You can do that by clicking here!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [03:49] Everything doesn't have to be perfect to have a successful launch. Learn how I sprayed everybody with sparkling water and tequila and how laughing can still bring your team together. Even when things go wrong, you're going to be okay!
  • [08:09] Here's a launch where Zoom went down right before the webinar. They had a tech glitch, and our 15 minute before the webinar email had gone out. Emails were flooding in from 1000 of subscribers, and I blacked out. But guess what, we were only five minutes late. Always have a backup plan!
  • [13:56] The reminder email goes out, and it's 15 minutes before we go live. Attendees started receiving a buyer email that said here are your login details. Even with a tech savvy team, we still had a glitch. Life goes on! Tech glitches will not break you.
  • [18:25] Try new things and get out of your comfort zone. You and your business will still be standing at the end of the day even when things don't go perfectly.
  • [00:19:53] Action step: Sign up for the {BEST MASTERCLASS EVER CREATED} 5 Little-Known Mistakes *Most* Course Creators Make (+What to Do Instead).

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Sep 16, 2021
#395: REVEALED: Digital Course Academy Like You’ve Never Seen Before
26:02

An Exclusive Module-by-Module Sneak Peek Into My Signature Program


In all my years of podcasting, I have never done this. I’ve NEVER revealed, detail by detail, what’s inside one of my paid products for my podcast listeners...until now.


In this extra special, first-of-it’s-kind episode, I’m breaking my own rules and taking you inside my signature program, Digital Course Academy. 


I walk you through my 8-figure-producing digital course -- module by module -- and explain exactly how Digital Course Academy helps my students create and launch their profitable digital course.
I’ll be sharing the lessons, topics, modules, tech, and the mindset taught inside the program. Plus, I’m answering ALL your questions about DCA along the way. Including:

  • What is DCA?
  • Who’s right for DCA?
  • What exactly does DCA teach?
  • How long does it take to go through DCA (and when can I expect to have my course up and running?)
  • Does DCA teach me the tech required to make it all happen?
  • What kind of results do DCA students actually see after the program?

To be totally honest, I poured out my heart and soul in this episode.

 
DCA is transformative. I’ve seen it time and time again with my students...I know the power of this program. 


So I hope you enjoy this extra special insider’s view into Digital Course Academy because it’s an absolute joy to share my heart’s work with you! If you’d like a little insider’s look into what DCA is all about, for a limited time, you can get access to a sneak peek of Module 1 for FREE! Get access here!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [02:49] Digital Course Academy or DCA is the most comprehensive program for validating, creating, launching, and selling your digital course. It's a complete package put into seven modules that spans over a course of 10 weeks.
  • [04:52] DCA is best for someone who knows the ideal community they want to serve and has an online presence around it. They also have a skill or expertise or know how to solve a problem.
  • [09:03] You learn how to get clear on your topic, the type of course you should offer, your course name and how much to charge. As well as, how to create content and how to schedule important launch dates! You'll be set up for serious launch success!
  • [11:37] Email lists are a huge part of the course. We teach you how to set everything up and how to engage with your subscribers.  Bonus -- you also get lifetime access and all future updates. 
  • [13:25] Modules include: the seven key decisions, pre-selling and validating, outlining your course, sales page blueprint, creating a profitable webinar, crafting email sequences, and recording your course.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Sep 09, 2021
#394: How To Overcome Feelings Of Unworthiness & Create Entrepreneurial Freedom
23:23

3 Entrepreneurs Kicked Imposter Syndrome To The Curb (And You Can Too)

I LOVE working with aspiring entrepreneurs...the ones still kicking it in the cubicle.

The ones with notepads full of to-do lists and moments of inspiration scribbled down between meetings then stuffed into desk drawers.

The ones juuuust starting out and who have a million and one questions. 

And because I’ve worked with so many for so long...I recognize the questions that throw the brakes on for many, many aspiring entrepreneurs.

That’s right…

…there are questions that each and every aspiring entrepreneur asks that has the potential to put those big dreams on ice and keep your passionate, creative, capable, world-changing toosh in an office chair, working for someone else for waaaay too long.

Questions like…

  • “Who am I to teach something to others?"
  • "Who would pay for what I have to offer?"
  • "Who would want to hear what I have to say?”

(Questions like this are why I do everything that I do.)

Because these questions creep up on every single person who has ever tried something new.

Which means that if every inventor, teacher, business owner, creator, or artist in history believed the voices that told them...

“You knew it -- that seat’s taken. Don’t embarrass yourself, there’s no room for you.”

...then this world would be totally robbed of the bright, vibrant, diverse, and awe-inspiring gifts shared throughout history. 

Which means there’s a place for you and your gifts at the table. 

The world needs what you have to offer, my friend.

And so in this episode, I want to help you push through that self doubt to make big decisions, take big risks, and go to bat for the dreams that you know are possible. 

In fact, I invited 3 successful online entrepreneurs to share exactly how they worked through self doubt and imposter syndrome as they created a business and life that they really, truly love.

And, of course, I share a few behind-the-scenes stories from my own business...because there’s not a single entrepreneur in history who doesn’t battle with imposter syndrome and self doubt on the reg. 

Oh yeah...12 years later? It’s still a struggle. But it does get better.

Self doubt doesn’t have to hold you back from living the big dreams that you have for yourself. 

In fact, sometimes it’s the voice in your head saying, “You can’t” that allows you to say, sometimes for the first time, “Actually, I think I can.”

There’s unspeakable power in that small but mighty statement, my friends. With just those few words, you become unstoppable. 

So settle in, get quiet, and let’s talk about how to flip the script on that -- very normal, very scary, but very much in your control -- voice in your head.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [03:53] Amel Derragui generated $23,000 in revenue on her first launch. 
  • [06:29] She overcame her feelings of unworthiness by leaning on and embracing support. She doesn't think imposter syndrome ever goes away for good, listen to hear how she handles it these days. 
  • [08:48] Rob Green generated $12,000 during the launch of his flash photography digital course. He's now on track to generate over $100,000 in his first year.
  • [09:43] He had self-doubt, but he learned that action is the antidote to fear. When fears crept up, he would focus on taking the next step.
  • [16:07] Masha Goins always dreamt of being an entrepreneur. She struggled with feelings of unworthiness, but went from dreaming to making $38,000 from her digital course in a short time.
  • [17:23] She knew she was destined to be an entrepreneur, but she worried that she was creating a business in an oversaturated market. When feelings of unworthiness show up, she would consume less and create more!
  • [21:33] Action steps: Lean into a supportive community. Action is the antidote for fear. Consume less and create more. Join the free 30-day bootcamp!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Sep 02, 2021
#393: Course Topic Inspiration: 6 Students Share How They Found Theirs
31:23

Worried they won't buy? How to choose your best-selling, gotta-have-it digital course topic. 

The first digital course I ever created was on how to launch a book using social media.

And when I finally launched my first-ever course into the world...it was a huuuuge flop. 

I made a whopping $267 -- and I cried about it. 

In retrospect, I can tell you my fatal flaw. I chose the entirely wrong digital course topic.

Today, I’ve created and launched 8 successful digital courses that have generated over 35 million dollars in 12 years -- all because I finally chose the right digital course topic...one that my audience wanted and got them results.

And I’m here to save you from the heartache I experienced during that first launch.

Because choosing the right digital course topic is foundational to making sure that your audience will buy. 

More specifically, the promise that you make in your digital course must get them the results that will make the most impact. But more on that in a sec...

If you have zero digital course topic ideas... 

...or maybe you have a million topic ideas and couldn’t possibly choose one

...or maybe you’re totally stuck by thoughts like, “Honestly, what would I teach? I’m no expert.”

...this episode is for you. (Click for the episode and some serious course topic inspo!) 

In it, you’ll hear from six of my students, and they’ll break down digital course topics that are working in the online space in real life, how they came up with their course topic, any hiccups they encountered along the way… and so much more. 

Digital course topics like my student Braden’s. 

Braden’s an attorney and tax pro who chose to teach online entrepreneurs how to legally set up their business so they could get back to the things they’re really, really good at. 

The result? A flexible income that allows him to spend the kind of time with his loved ones.

Or Hilary Kreuger who, after years as a stay-at-home mom, created her digital course teaching communication and personal development online. 

5 figures in revenue later, she’s still a busy mom of 4...but now, she’s bringing home the bacon.

You’ll hear about topics ranging from spirituality to marketing to travel and more.

So no matter what industry you’re in, audience you serve, experience you bring to the table, or how “ready” you feel to teach a digital course, this episode is brimming with course topic inspo to get you well on your way to choosing yours.

You’ve got this!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [04:56] Adia Gooden has been a licensed clinical psychologist for ten years. She wanted to help more people and have more impact, so she created the You Are Unconditionally Worthy Course. Adia made over $26,000 on her first launch. 
  • [09:58] Braden Drake is a small business attorney who created Legally Launched. His first launch generated $8,000. He has since made more courses and revenue while being able to spend time with those he loves most.
  • [14:51] Hilary Krueger is a super mom who created a course called Talk Email to Me, and generated over $11,000 in revenue. She came up with the idea for the course when people kept telling her that they loved her emails. 
  • [18:13] Sandra McLemore created the Travel Marketing Revolution digital course, showing travel advisors how to get new clients online. This has allowed her to build a 7-figure business. 
  • [22:46] Scarlett Cochran helps professional women create streams of income to supplement their revenue and achieve financial freedom. She has generated multiple six figures with her courses.
  • [26:08] Anne Marie Pizarrio was a nurse by trade but wanted to make a change. She launched her own holistic practice, and her course about Becoming an Akashic Records Guide and generated $10,000.

Click here to listen!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Aug 26, 2021
#392: One-On-One Coaching Vs. Digital Courses: What’s Best For You?
33:39

The difference between a “one-to-one” and “one-to-many” business model

I live for a good debate.

Journey or Queen?

Blog or podcast?

Seinfeld or Friends?

And while we’re at it...were they really on a break?

But if we’re talking about building an online business or adding a digital asset to your existing business, there’s one debate that comes up over and over again...

Digital course or one-on-one coaching? (Orrrr… can both work in one business?)

AKA which offer is best for you, your clients, or your business? 

And how the heck can you know for sure? (After all, you sure don’t have the time or money to go all-in on the wrong thing.)

Well, with over 12 years of experience in the online world, I want to help you decide once and for all if a digital course or one-on-one coaching is best for you. 

From my recording room straight to your morning walk (or daily commute...however you take your podcasts!) -- I’ll be guiding you through a self-assessment that’s sure to help you identify which offer is best suited to you, your clients, and your business (and life!) goals. 

Here are the questions to consider: 

  • Do you have information, know-how, or a skill set that could be turned into a digital course?
  • Does what you teach have steps or a roadmap of some sort or could it be turned into that? 
  • Could what you teach be taught to more than one person at a time? 
  • Could your area of expertise be taught via video or audio?
  • Do you like doing one-on-one coaching? 

And while, based on my own business, you may think I’m “Team Digital Course” all the way...my answer might just surprise you.

PLUS in this episode, we’ll discuss:

  • The unique way that a digital course serves you and your customers (that you probably haven’t considered yet)
  • The main differences between the two offerings
  • Specific examples of how digital courses and one-on-one coaching work within my students’ real-life business

And if allll of that still leaves you scratching your head, I’ve gone one step farther to make your dream-business-game-plan extra simple.

I created a simple assessment that will take your unique goals, personal experience, and audience, and create an in-depth personalized assessment to give you the answers to this BIG question. CLICK HERE to take the quiz!

That means you can walk away with a decision today and wake up tomorrow with clarity and confidence that your business is moving in the right direction. 

No more debating. 

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [02:40] You can be more selective with one-on-one coaching. A digital course opens up opportunities for people who don't have the time or resources for one-on-one coaching.
  • [06:06] A digital course gives you a much larger reach and ability to make an impact. 
  • [09:08] You can offer just a digital course or multiple digital courses. I do group coaching within my programs, but no paid one-on-one programs. 
  • [13:39] If you currently have a one-on-one coaching business, you already have a roadmap that could lead to a digital course. You already have a system, model, and framework. 
  • [15:46] You could also offer a digital course alongside one-on-one coaching. This is something I used to do!
  • [22:41] Question #1: Do you have information, know-how, or a skill set that can be turned into a digital course?
  • [23:36] Question #2: Does what you teach have steps or a roadmap of some sort? Could it be turned into that?
  • [24:14] Question #3: Could what you teach be taught to more than one person at a time?
  • [27:20] Question #4: Could your area of expertise be taught via video or audio?
  • [28:45] Question #5: Do you enjoy one-on-one coaching?. 
  • [31:05] Action steps: Take my free two-minute quiz to create a personalized path for creating your block-buster selling digital course.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Aug 19, 2021
#391: What Is A Digital Course? The How, What, & Why They're Magic
24:32

The Digital Course Industry Is BOOMING -- Here’s Why

Not many of my friends understand what I do for work. 

Do you ever feel this way?

Even sweet Hobie -- who’s been around my business since the day it started -- can barely wrap his head around how I bring home a paycheck every month.

(He’d probably say “It has something to do with online courses, entrepreneurs...and confetti, somehow.”)

If you’re a digital course creator or you work in the online space, you know exactly what I’m talking about. 

Which is why, in this episode, I’m spelling it out for the rest of the world -- what the heck is a digital course, exactly?

I’m tackling the basics of digital courses, including:

  • What constitutes a digital course? 
  • Are digital courses ever called something else?
  • How can a digital course work within a business?
  • And my favorite -- what does a digital course make possible? (Hint: FREEDOM! Whatever way you take it...time, financial or lifestyle.)

This episode is for those of you who are new to the idea of creating a business online and how a digital course business can allow your business to scale beyond the limitations of one-on-one coaching or consulting. 

This episode is also for us -- digital course creators and business owners -- to share with the people that we love the most. (I’m looking at you, Hobie!)

Because our industry is here to stay -- you literally won’t believe just how much the virtual learning (a.k.a. digital course) industry is worth according to Forbes. 

(I share these figures in the episode… and the future projections will leave you jaw dropped!)

Digital courses aren’t going anywhere anytime soon, so let’s help get the world acquainted -- starting right here with this episode!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [05:41] Digital courses are online educational programs that you work through on an online platform.
  • [07:09] Danira created a digital course on how to make caramel apples and made over $62,000 on her very first launch. 
  • [09:53] Amanda Ferguson launched an etiquette course and converted 91 students for a grand total of over $101,000. 
  • [11:05] Mark Tew launched his digital course and made $108,000 during his 10-day launch. 
  • [13:20] You can use a digital course as a standalone revenue generator for your business. Or, you can offer a digital course as an upsell or down-sell to your one-on-one coaching.
  • [17:30] Digital course platforms include Udemy, Skillshare, MasterClass, and Coursera. These sites take a cut of the profit and offer limited promotion. 
  • [19:08] Use a platform that you have more control over, like Kajabi. You can put your course on Kajabi and offer bonuses and incentives.
  • [22:20] Action: Take the quiz to know where to start.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Aug 16, 2021
#390: Can One Digital Course Really Generate Financial Freedom? With Joy Foster
55:13

How Online Business Owner Joy Foster Made $1 MILLION From ONE Digital Course (And Why One Course > Than Multiple )

What if you offered just ONE product in your business? 

As an online entrepreneur, you most likely have one of two responses...

You either sighed a big sigh of relief. (I don’t have to do 40 things at once!)

Or, I just made you really nervous. (But I HAVE to do 40 things at once!)

Whatever camp you find yourself in, hear me out.

I believe with all my heart that launching one digital course multiple times is the most effective and efficient way to generate significant revenue in your business. 

And that might make you think, “But Amy, if you earn that kind of revenue from one digital course, you must be able to make EVEN MORE from MANY digital courses!

Nooooot exactly. 

In fact, I’ll prove it to you!

In this episode, I sit down with one of my DCA students and online business owner, Joy Foster.

Joy made one million dollars by selling ONE digital course.

Bananas, right?.

And here’s the best part... Joy’s story isn’t that unique. 

Joy runs a social enterprise that helps women learn tech so they can start a business or make a career change. Her business model was like many of my listeners’ -- workshops that were strictly local and in-person.

But after a while, that business model wasn’t financially viable anymore and she knew she needed to find a way to scale.

So how did Joy go from struggling to make ends meet to million dollar status -- with ONE product offer?

Joy’s breaking it ALL down in this episode, including:

  • Her first failed course launch and what exactly didn’t work
  • Why she downsized from multiple course offers to just one (and what that meant for her bottom line)
  • The simple strategy Joy used to take her conversion rate from 1.48% to 15%
  • How she resists “shiny object syndrome” and remains faithful to her one-course model
  • What Joy believes she could have done to reach success sooner 
  • And so much more!

My dear entrepreneur, YES -- You can focus on less in your business and still  achieve more.

So go for it...breathe that big ol’ sigh of relief!

Listen now to kickstart your simplified business model...one that allows the time and freedom for you to be creative in your business.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Aug 12, 2021
#389: Impact, Legacy, & Living A Passion-Led Life with Amy McLaren
32:42

How to Shed Self-Doubt, Find Inspiration, and Change Your Life (and the World) for the Better

What kind of legacy do you dream of leaving? 

What kind of impact will you make in this world? 

If you don’t think it’s possible to feel crystal clear on how to take your passions and leverage them into massive purpose, adventure and impact after just one podcast episode ...you’ve never met Amy McLaren.

Amy is a busy mom of two who passionately splits her time between leading LadyStrength (an online community of driven, entrepreneurial women), growing an Airbnb business, and being the hands-on CEO of Village Impact, the charity she and her husband, Stu McLaren, founded more than a decade ago. 

Amy is on a mission to help purpose driven entrepreneurs shed self-doubt, find inspiration, and change their life, their business ...and the world, while they’re at it. 

Just like she has. 

(And friends, I am here for it.

But let me warn you --.Amy is a force to be reckoned with.

Jumping out of planes, riding a motorcycle across Morocco and a rickshaw down the coast of India, driving 7 strangers down the California coast in an RV for 10-days ...that’s business as usual for Amy. 

She doesn’t just talk the talk -- this girl walks the walk.

And in this episode, Amy is breaking down how passion informs both the wildness and the intentional purpose in her life. 

Together, we talk about:

  • The myths of living a passion-filled life (which aren’t what you would expect)
  • How to create more impact and leave a legacy you’re truly proud of
  • Her charity, Village Impact, and how this corner of the world became her life’s work
  • Knowing when you’re called to do something bigger (because timing is everything)
  • and so much more!

This girl and her friendship make my heart burst -- and I have a sense that you’ll walk away from this episode feeling the very same. 

So grab your headphones and click to listen -- just wait 'til you see what’s possible!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [10:31] Amy was a teacher, but she knew she wanted to do more. She was constantly thinking about travel adventures or living overseas. She was held back from changing by fear, but eventually took a leave and never went back. 
  • [13:34] There's a myth that it costs too much money to live a passion-filled life. This isn’t the case and Amy is proof!
  • [14:12] The other myth is that it's too time-consuming to live your passion-filled life. Here’s the truth, you can do something you're passionate about in five minutes a day.
  • [14:42] Your passion doesn't have to be a side hustle. It really can become your full-time income!
  • [15:40] Unlock your passion. Take a step back and draw a passion timeline. Look back at the things you loved and look for a common theme -- be intentional about incorporating passion into your life.
  • [21:08] When following your passion, always come back to yourself and what you feel and believe in your heart. Don't let other people influence your passion or hold you back. 
  • [22:27] If you really want to create more impact, be consistent and find ways to collaborate. Have a clear message and clear action steps.
  • [29:10] Passion to Purpose: A Seven-Step Journey to Shed Self-Doubt, Find Inspiration, and Change Your Life (and the World) for the Better was written to let everyone know that they can use their passion to do small things for good in the world. 
  • [31:09] Action Challenge. Grab a pen and paper and answer these questions:
    •  #1 What are you passionate about? 
    • #2 What impact do you want to make? 
    • #3 What Legacy do you want to leave?

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Aug 09, 2021
#388: A Behind-The-Scenes Look Into The Habits Successful Entrepreneurs Live By
25:04

Online Entrepreneurs Tell All: Habits Edition

I hate to admit it...but I’m a little bit nosey.

I looooove getting a glimpse into the private moments and secret thoughts of people that I admire.

I want to know what makes them tick, what makes it all work...and how I can get in on the good stuff!

Well in today’s episode, I did a little bit of snooping...with permission, of course. 

I reached out to a handful of my peers and asked them what their number one habit was for moving the needle forward as an entrepreneur. 

I’m talking about some of the biggest movers and shakers in the online space -- Gabby Bernstein, Neil Patel, Zafira Rajan, Ryan Holtz, Tiffany Lee Bymaster, John Lee Dumas, and Luvvie Ajayi Jones.

I wanted to know what habit actually mattered and made a difference when it came to building their online businesses. 

Because let’s be honest...the point of role models is having something to emulate so you’re not having to reinvent the wheel.

And you know we love keeping it simple around here. 

So click to listen as these incredible leaders share the ONE habit that has made the greatest difference in their journey as an entrepreneur, so that you can take what speaks to your soul and run with it.

Some are personal, some are professional…but all of them are juicy! 

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Aug 05, 2021
#387: 7 Email Copywriting Tips To Convert Subscribers
37:13

What to do when your email list isn’t buying...

I’m not a chef.

If you’ve followed me for a while, you know that PostMates is higher on my speed dial than my sister (and I love my sister!)

But every now and then, on a special occasion, I’ll break out my old 1990’s apron from my single apartment days and cook something for Hobie.

(Okay, maybe by “cooking” I mean preheating the oven and peeling off plastic wrap but it’s totally the thought that counts, right?)

Well, let me tell you about a dark day in our marriage.

I decided that I’d push myself out of my comfort zone, don my apron, pour a glass of white wine, and see if there was any pasta in the pantry that wasn’t past expiration. 

By the time my hunky man was due to arrive home, dinner was ready and I was prepared to accept my well-deserved award.

But time went on… and no Hobie.

Wife confession: I was mad. 

I’d done all this work, tried something new, put myself out of my comfort zone… for nothing. 

Now, Hobie eventually came home and we worked it all out. (I can’t stay mad at that sweet man!)

But today I want to talk to you about the entrepreneurial equivalent...

...I’m talking about shooting your shot, giving it your best...and it kind of just sitting there...getting cold and stale.

Today we’re talking about making a sales pitch to your email list...and getting ZERO sales. 

OOF. 

Especially if your engagement is healthy, this sales offer ghost town can be massively frustrating. 

In today’s episode, I’m going to be sharing exactly how to prepare your next sales offer so your email subscribers are racing to the “Buy” button.

I’m going to take you step by step through your sales promo, including when to email, how many to send, and exactly how to write emails that make a connection first -- then an effortless sale. 

That includes:

  • the type of email campaign you’ll want to do when you’re selling
  • seven copywriting tips you’ll want to include in every sales email you send
  • how to send sales emails with confidence (and why you should never, ever worry about annoying your list) 

In fact, I want to make sales emails so effortless for you that I’ve created a FREE checklist for you to download, so you can be sure that your sales emails are hitting the mark every time. 

So grab your checklist, click here to listen to today’s episode, and get ready to celebrate earning meaningful revenue in your business with just a few emails. 

PS. Looking for my List Building Masterclass? Well, I sure hope you like sharp upticks in your subscriber count. Click below to save your seat for my FREE List Building Masterclass!

I'm in, Amy! Save my spot!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [08:16] Listen to discover and understand what your audience needs, wants, pain points, and desires are. 
  • [12:14] Use this sentence in your emails, "I know you're thinking…” and then fill in the blank. Take what you've learned and insert your ideal communities pain points into the sentence. 
  • [15:01] Take a journey back to where you were before you found your solution. What would the old you need to hear, know, or understand to cross the bridge to become a buyer?
  • [19:45] Highlight the exact words that you want to use in your email text. These words will come from your ideal audience members.
  • [28:00] Make the email all about your subscriber and their wants and needs. 
  • [30:16] Be specific and clear with your CTA - call to action. Leave no room for misunderstanding. 
  • [35:21] Action items: Map out your promo. To help you, download the free resource and start working through it and do the journal prompts!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Jul 29, 2021
#386: Branding Vs. Marketing (& Why It's Important To You) with Ryan Holtz
41:07

Getting Lost Online? Start With Your Branding

Branding can seem like the online marketing equivalent of a Birkin bag...

...you’ve heard of it, you’re not totally sure what it is, but it seems like all of the big names are into it. 

And I’m with you. Branding felt like a “nice to have” and I put it off for many years in my business. 

But Ryan Holtz, my guest for this episode, and I are determined to convince you that branding is one of the greatest gifts you can give your business and your prospective buyers.

I know, I know...bold statement. But we mean it.

And here’s why...

Your business’ brand answers the question, “What makes you different?” when you’re up against a sea of online competitors.

It establishes what you stand for as a business.

It helps your perfect customer find you and instantly know -- without a doubt -- that they belong in your world.

And when they feel like they belong in your world, they stay in your world.

Which is suuuuuper important because, according to stats from Outboard Engine, it’s 5 times more expensive to find a new customer than it is to keep an existing one.

But if you’re anything like me in the early years of my business, you might be thinking…

Is my business too new to be thinking about branding?

Branding sounds nice someday… when I have spare time and a little extra cash.

Well in this episode, Ryan Holtz, renowned speaker, expert marketer, host of a Top 100 Apple Podcast, and a wealth of entrepreneurial knowledge, joins me to debunk those mental-myths and get you started in the right direction.

Ryan shows you step-by-step how to identify what your brand is, what your business stands for, and how these things can help attract like-minded customers that are totally onboard with you, your service, and your mission. 

When you know your brand, you’ll never be unsure of how to show up online again. 

When you’re confident in what your brand stands for, alignment comes naturally. 

And I want that for you with my whole heart.

So press play and let’s chat -- an online presence that you feel proud of (and in total alignment with) awaits!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Jul 22, 2021
#385: Is A Blog Valuable To Your Business? With Glo Atanmo
36:07

Glo Atanmo tells all about creating a passion led business and a blog that adds value to her business.

Sometimes there’s a podcast guest that joins me on Online Marketing Made Easy and they leave me, well… speechless.

Speechless because they live life on their own terms and their adventurous spirit can teach us a thing or two about this entrepreneurial life we might not have considered before. 

Glo Atanmo is one of those people.

Featured in Oprah Magazine, Conde Nast, Essence and more, Glo got her start at 16 when she purchased her first “big girl” domain and taught herself coding basics -- fast forward to today, a decade later, and she’s running a 7-figure business, traveling the world and blogging about it as she goes. 

In this episode we talk about Glo’s tips for using a blog to build a business -- and yes, you definitely need to dust off your blog and get it back up and running -- she also tells the story of how she got her start with just $500 in her pocket, and what you need to know today about succeeding as a multi-passionate entrepreneur.

And if you thought Glo was finished there, you haven’t met this inspirational icon.

Because Glo shares her 5-point framework for building a sustainable business -- and what passion has to do with it.

Hear that, my fiery entrepreneurs? 

Glo is spelling out exactly how much to bank on your passion when starting a sustainable business...and the 4 factors that support your passion to make sure that you’re playing the long game. 

If we’ve piqued your inner travel bug’s interest -- it’s time to hit play and join us! 

This interview was so much fun and I can’t wait for you to hear how it inspires you in your next business adventure.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [04:28] When Glo was 22, she took $500 and booked a one-way ticket to Europe. She shares the scariest thing about this experience and how she had to get scrappy. 
  • [07:59] The biggest lesson she learned was that opportunity will find you if you are available and always find gratitude in each situation. Everything is an opportunity to thrive and grow. 
  • [13:43] Glo has expanded her business into a digital course teaching other bloggers how to land brand deals, which allows her to connect with female bloggers who have a deeper mission. 
  • [23:22] Is blogging still effective? As a writer, Glo shares how she feels blogs fit within a business model. 
  • [27:18] Passion is needed for a sustainable business, but you also need purpose, a promise, to be proficient, and be able to speak to a pain point.
  • [35:12] Action step: Work through Glo’s 5 P’s: passion, purpose, promise, be proficient, and pain point.

Click here to listen!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Jul 15, 2021
#384: Should You Write A Book? With Gabby Bernstein
41:59

Get ready to access behind the scenes tips for book writing success.

If you’re considering writing a book - whether it’s through traditional publishing or self-publishing - this episode is a must listen. 

Grab a kombucha, iced coffee, or your favorite snack, and join me and Gabby as we talk about the steps you need to take when tackling the book writing process.

In this episode we cover a lot of ground around what you need to know including:

  • How to overcome the dreaded writer’s block
  • Ways to think about turning your digital course into a book (it can be done!)
  • How to access her FREE training “4 Secrets To Your Best Selling Book” 

Let me tell you, this conversation was a journey!

Whether book writing has been on your mind for a while, or you’re not sure if it’s the path you want to take -- this episode is the roadmap to help you take the leap and put pen to paper (even if it’s for a blog post only right now.) 

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show here! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Jul 08, 2021
#383: Am I Giving Away Too Much Free Content?
26:40

And the Not-So-Mysterious Breakdown of Free vs. Paid Content 

Imagine how it would feel to show up to your next content creation sesh with clarity and confidence, knowing exactly what YOUR boundaries are between free and paid content. 

Sounds amazing, right?

Well, I’m going to show you how to finally let go of the white-knuckle fear of sharing your stuff for free.

Because look, I get it.

As an entrepreneur, it’s the ultimate rock and hard place. 

  • Why would my audience ever be willing to buy from me if I’m teaching them concepts for free?
  • How would they ever trust that I know my stuff if I don’t share anything with them until they fork over the cash? 

That’s why I’m taking a page out of the book of my beloved Crime Junkie podcast and getting to the bottom of this great entrepreneurial mystery in this episode -- once and for all. 

In this episode, I’m giving you the down-to-the-decimal details on: 

  • How much free content you should be sharing with your audience (and I’m talking specifics!)
  • 3 questions to ask yourself to make sure that your free stuff isn’t overstepping and undervaluing your paid offers
  • The one thing your free content needs so your audience can say an ENTHUSIASTIC YES to becoming a paying customer
  • The actual free content that I released ahead of my Digital Course Academy launch that prepared my audience for DCA...rather than turn them off of it. 

So grab a notepad and press play! We’ve got a mystery to solve.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [02:31] Free content is the what and of what you're teaching while paid content is the how and step-by-step. 
  • [05:40] A good rule of thumb is that 20% of your paid content can be revealed in your free content. 
  • [13:49] Be generous with your content. Have an abundance mindset and know that there is more than enough to go around.
  • [15:47] Ask yourself these questions when determining what to include in your free content: Do I teach the exact same thing in my course? Where's my audience right now in relation to this exact topic?
  • [24:52] Action steps: Do a mini content audit, and develop an abundance mindset when it comes to free content.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Jul 01, 2021
#382: Step-by-Step Systems To Eliminate Overwhelm & Work Less
43:23

People often ask me, “Amy, what’s the secret to your success?” and I always say that I live and die by systems.

In fact, without systems... I could not have a multimillion-dollar business and still have a life. I could not have a four-day workweek and actually make money if I didn’t have systems.

Forbes recently stated that when you create systems in your business you can save up to two work hours per day... that’s 240 hours a year!

And that’s why today’s episode is so important. Because I want you to imagine what it would feel like to no longer be chasing a never-ending to-do list... and instead feel focused and confident as you create the business of your dreams.

We'll talk about...

  • The virtual filing system I swear by that actually saves me time
  • How I make my project management program work for me, and not the other way around
  • The number one communication tool I adore and the magic of SOPs
  • Three ways to scale your business brilliantly

If you want to know my secrets for going from a constant state of busy business overwhelm to tons of organization, more free time, more money in the bank, and a four-day workweek… you’re in the right place.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [08:35] Want to stay organized? Use a virtual filing system to organize assets in Dropbox and documents in Google Docs. 
  • [17:46] Asana allows you to systemize and get really clear on who's doing what and when it's due. 
  • [23:29] Find out how we use Slack to segment communication by channel and our guidelines, including keeping tasks in project management software. 
  • [28:17] Learn how we have built a blueprint for success using standard operating procedures or SOPs. We have systemized tutorials for any procedure that we do over and over again.
  • [35:18] Three ways to help you scale your business include becoming an affiliate marketer, adding a group coaching program to your product suite, and adding a digital course!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Jun 24, 2021
#381: Perfect Your Price Point & Create Consistent Revenue With Jereshia Hawk
42:42

Fear of charging too much? Yeah… we’re gonna talk about. 

If you're ready to convert more clients and boost your sales processes, this podcast episode is your blueprint. 

Join me as I connect with Jereshia Hawk, business coach, sales expert, and framework phenom when it comes to knowing when to sell, perfecting what to charge, and creating consistent revenue streams.

Jereshia has helped over 350 entrepreneurs double their package prices, convert more sales calls, and increase their revenue growth within 12 months.

Plus, she’s a huge advocate for women of color in leadership positions which is part of her entrepreneurial WHY. 

During our chat, Jereshia talks about the 10 questions to know exactly how much more you should be charging. Questions we should all answer that are simple, straightforward, and get results. 

I had sooooo many questions for Jereshia and I think you’re going to love the takeaways she gives as we go through them all.

Get ready for note taking goodness and tips for *finally* knowing just what to charge for your offer.

Plus, as promised, here’s the script that Jereshia and I mention in the conversation. Make sure you listen so you can take action on this tried and tested process right away.

Go on your Instagram stories, show your face, and say: 'Hey all! I've helped [# OF PEOPLE] get [X RESULTS] in their [TYPE OF BUSINESS]. I'm currently looking to take on a few more clients and have [X SPOTS OPEN]. I would love to go on this journey with you. Are you a [INSERT WHO YOU HELP]? If so, I want to hear from you! Send me a DM and I'll send you more details about this opportunity.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [06:42] Jereshia shares about overcoming the fear of charging too much, and how “charging what you’re worth” isn’t the right way to think. 
  • [15:05] Here’s how to create consistent revenue. For starters, don't bring your employee mindset into your entrepreneurial playground. 
  • [20:01] Guess what, if you’re listening to this, you are ready to sell. Jereshia is a big believer in selling before you build. 
  • [32:19] She even shares tips for direct message selling. She says, “Conversion happens in conversation.” 
  • [36:01] Action tip: Jereshia gives you an actual way to welcome new clients through Instagram stories -- she even gives you a script!

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show here! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Jun 17, 2021
#380: 4 Strategies To Create A High Converting Sales Page
23:27

Are you ready to boost your sales and crack the code on customer conversions? 

Ask any copywriter about sales pages and they’ll tell you: it takes a lot of tinkering to crack the sales conversion code.

That said, after our last Digital Course Academy launch -- I think we might have actually done it and I’m spilling all the beans about it.

In this podcast episode, you’ll learn exactly what widgets we used and strategies we implemented to keep eyes on the DCA sales page for over 5 minutes.

That’s a lifetime when it comes to viewer stats.

It also means that the sales page is working wonders when it comes to keeping leads engaged.

As an online business owner, I want you to have knowledge about the little things that made a big difference in our latest launch conversions (so you can use them too!) -- things like:

  • A customizable widget that helps potential students, customers, and clients get all of their burning questions answered face to face
  • The one section every sales page needs to help customers feel confident about their purchase (one of my favs!)
  • How video can keep your customers engaged right from the very top of the page and what to include so they can’t help but keep watching, reading, and clicking those buy buttons

I also tell you the #1 simple to implement and most engaging part of the page that you don’t want to miss. Stick around until the end of the episode for that one!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [04:09] We used VideoAsk which is a widget which allows you to have face-to-face video conversations with your customers and ended up with a 33% conversion rate.
  • [08:34] Testimonials was another enticing section. We had three or four on the page and then offered the option of looking through an entire database of customer testimonials broken up by category.
  • [11:39] There was also a sizzle reel at the top of the sales page. This is a short video mashup of audio, video and images that promote your offer, and something you can make on your own!
  • [14:08] Our chat feature was hot on our sales page. This is the little chat bubble that pops up and offers a live chat, which will guarantee higher engagement. 
  • 20:28] Track your metrics. It's the only way to know if all of your sales page efforts are working. Google analytics allows me to see trends. We know if we are growing, improving, and how to pivot. 
  • [22:13] Action steps: Decide which of the above mentioned methods you are going to use and start planning things out. Decide during this week and start scheduling each one. Create a plan for one or two of these strategies and start chipping away at it.

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show here! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Jun 10, 2021
#379: Cure Writer’s Block: The Content Structure My Team Swears By
16:32

Get ready to tackle the creativity time crunch and discover the little known framework that I use in my business to produce content. 

Let’s be honest: social media, podcasts, newsletters, sales pages and everything else you need to run your business can take a ton of time out of an already busy day. 

Just when you think you’re caught up, your content calendar sends a reminder and you’re back at it again. 

Sometimes it may feel like you’re always “behind” in your business. You’re in good company -- many entrepreneurs just like you are in the same boat.

That’s why in this podcast episode, I tackle the content time crunch so you can start speeding up the production process and start standing out online.

Not only will you get some behind-the-scenes sneak peeks on how we write podcast episodes, social media and more but you’ll also get the inside scoop on:

  • How this framework can be used for anything you’re creating so it’s compelling and creates flow and clarity
  • Ways you might be missing out on consistency and a simple fix to help across all channels
  • Getting past the dreaded writer’s block so you produce assets more quickly (and so it doesn’t take all day)

Get ready to move past that day long content creation process and get into a flow state instead -- this episode is waiting for you. 

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [04:07] Start with the what. This is an overview of the main point or outcome you want your students to achieve. 
  • [06:17] Next, is the why. Explain why this content is important and why it matters to your audience. Build your case for the importance of what you're sharing. 
  • [07:44] Move on to the how. This is a step-by-step on how your audience can apply what you're teaching to their own lives. You're providing them with a road map that leads with a clear intentional flow from start to finish.
  • [10:46] After that, focus on the proof. Show how you apply the how in your own business. These are real time examples or success stories from your customers.
  • [15:32] Action steps: Write out this framework and look at your content and see where you're using the steps. Then start with one piece of content and apply this framework!

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show here! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Jun 03, 2021
#378: Could A 4-Day Work Week Fit Your Business?
41:45

If you’ve ever thought about how it might look to work less days in your business, check out the experiment my team and I are in the middle of testing.

When I first pitched the shorter work week idea to my leadership team, well… I was met with crickets. The idea of the work week happening only Monday through Thursday felt a bit unattainable.

And while I was really excited about the idea myself, I know the team’s concerns were valid and so we agreed to try it for 90 days as an experiment

Right now we’re 60 days in, and have uncovered some really interesting stuff that I wanted to share with you. 

Since I’m a big believer in going first and showing what’s possible for you, it’s my hope that this episode helps show you what you need to know about the 4-day work week process -- especially if you’ve been thinking about ways to add more time back into your week. 

You’ll also learn more about:

  • WHY a shorter week was something I wanted to implement and how our team why might spark some ideas for you
  • Processes to set into place when it comes to your team, communication, and what the new work week looks like
  • The different categories to create plans for as you look at your day-to-day systems and expectations
  • The 3 MUST ASK questions you need to answer before making the leap and how they’ll help you determine if this is for you

If reading those highlights pulls at your imagination strings and gets you thinking about your own work schedule -- grab your notebook and pen -- because this is definitely a note taking episode.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [02:21] Learn some of the reasons why my team and I have decided to test out doing a 4-day work week. 
  • [06:36] Read the book Shorter: Work Better, Smarter, and Less Here's How.
  • [11:38] Get clear with your team, if you have one, how you want to organize and go about preparing for the 4day work week. What are concerns that come up and how can you troubleshoot them?  
  • [15:05] Sit down and discuss any issues that may come up, and create a guideline document to help guide your team. 
  • [19:44] Find out the tools we use to make our 4-day work week efficient and possible. 
  • [22:33] Set a date and time to meet with your team to see how the experiment is working and how you can improve or pivot.
  • [36:59] Action Steps: How will this professionally benefit you? How will this personally benefit you? What will it mean if you don't move to a four-day work week? Get clear on these answers, start with step one, and read the book Shorter.

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show here! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

May 27, 2021
#377: How To Re-engage Your Email List
23:09

It’s never too late to hit send and connect with your subscribers again.

If your email list has been on your mind (maybe a little more time has passed than you’d like to admit since you’ve last landed in their inbox) and you know it’s time to hit ‘send’ but you’re afraid that you’ll be met with crickets and unsubscribes -- today’s episode is just what you need to gain back your confidence.

Here’s the thing, when it comes to engaging with your email list after a long absence, there are a few simple things you can put into place to make a seamless re-entry.

But first, I have to tell you: you’re not alone.

Life happens and sometimes we have to hit pause on our regular systems and processes. I get soooo many questions about this topic -- so, it’s time we talk about it. 

In today’s episode, I’m going to walk you through how to organize and put together a re-engagement campaign, including how many emails to send, how far apart, and what to include in each email.

You’ll also learn everything you need to know to successfully hit send with confidence and:

  • Know exactly what to say so your audience feels supported and seen
  • Have a plan on how many emails you need to send and help them remember why they signed up in the first place
  • Create a free gift that they need so badly they’ll be thanking you a million times over in their replies
  • Craft a plan to write emails they look forward to opening week in and week out

It’s time to make a plan because your subscribers are waiting for you.

If you’re ready to get back on track and into the hearts and inboxes of your audience, click below to get started.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [03:31] It's easier to reignite an old list than it is to start from scratch. In fact, getting a new customer can cost five times more than re-engaging with an old customer.
  • [06:10] If you’ve taken some time away from your email list, it’s time to create a re-engagement campaign. 
  • [07:40] Email #1: Reintroduce yourself, but then make it all about how you are serving your audience. 
  • [12:07] Email #2: Continue to nurture your list and show them how you're going to help them achieve their goal and desire, and why you're the person to do so. 
  • [14:37] Email #3: Ask what they need and ask them to reply directly to your email. This shows you care and are committed to serving them. 
  • [16:01] Rules: Make sure your subject lines stand out. Commit to showing up consistently. Set time aside and batch your email content.
  • [21:02] Give it at least 60 days before you begin to sell. This is all part of the know, like, and trust equation.
  • [21:53] Action steps: Within the next week sit down and write out your re-engagement campaign. Then give yourself at least a week to write out the emails, and finally send them. Enjoy the process!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show here! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

May 20, 2021
#376: Your Beginner Guide To Going Evergreen: Here’s Where To Start
25:17

The dream of setting your digital course on autopilot and letting it roll (with minimal effort) is a popular one for most entrepreneurs.

This is why I’m sharing the success roadmap for scaling I use so you can plan your strategy successfully.

And while I do believe going evergreen at the right time can be a beneficial way to grow your business, I'm also a firm believer that becoming an expert at live launching first is a must.

On this week’s podcast episode, I’m not only talking about the benefits of evergreen, I’m walking you through ways that live launches can prepare you for creating an evergreen product. You’ll also see how I (and some of my students) have done it in the past. 

Having a clear direction in the process of going evergreen is the fastest way to help you on your journey and when you listen to this episode, you’ll learn:

  • The core values you must know before even thinking about getting started
  • Platforms you’ll want as your best friends so the funnel runs without a hitch
  • What must-have content should be created as you think about launching  
  • How timing and LIVE launching plays into creating your evergreen experience

Plus, when you listen, you’ll have access to a FREE resource you can use as you get started and take action on the path to evergreen products.

Join me as I walk you through the step-by-step plan to help get you ready to generate income that feels effortless. 

Here’s a preview of the episode: 

  • [04:44] Do at least two or three live launches before you go evergreen. Live launching makes you more nimble and a better marketer.
  • [09:34] Platforms you'll need to go evergreen. ConvertKit - for emails and creating landing pages. Demio - for webinars. Deadline Funnel allows you to create smart links with individual automated campaigns. 
  • [13:01] Marketing content you need includes: a webinar-registration page, sales page, email campaign to guide and nurture, and a re-play email.
  • [18:01] Create urgency by using Deadline Funnels and irresistible bonuses. 
  • [20:01] Nicole Calloway Rankins went evergreen after two live launches and heard crickets. She went back and did a few more live launches and then launched an evergreen course that generates revenue every single month.
  • [21:41] Christina Galbato has two evergreen courses that have made over one million dollars in the past year. She says to make sure your live launch, webinar opt-in rate, show-up rate, sales conversions, and post-webinar email-open rate are all solid before moving on to evergreen.
  • [23:33] Action steps: Live launch until you see consistent results. Update your live launching marketing material. Start setting up your platforms. Pay close attention to your show up and conversion rates.

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show here! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

May 13, 2021
#375: How To Get Noticed Online (& What Jumping Out Of A Plane Has To Do With Entrepreneurship)
31:07

Content creation, visibility in your business, and how life will steer you in the right direction (whether you’re ready for it or not!)

New York Times Best-selling author, award-winning blogger, and “professional troublemaker,” Luvvie Ajayi Jones is here and she’s ready to help you take action on your big dreams, move through the fear that’s holding you back, and use your voice to support your audience.

I loved my interview with Luvvie, and I know you will too. We chat about...

  • How her skydiving experience helped her become comfortable with being uncomfortable
  • Why content creation and getting noticed online looks different than you think 
  • The reason getting a “D” in college was the sign she needed to say goodbye to her dream of becoming a doctor and start a blog instead

There are so many "a-ha", "WOW", and jaw-dropping moments in this episode, I wish I could name them all... you’ll just have to join us over on the podcast to find out what they are.

Sometimes a conversation just takes on a life of its own and reveals a lot of wisdom. I know when Luvvie says, “When you serve people, you will be seen by the people you need to serve,” you’ll want to stop multi-tasking and make sure you’re listening to the conversation that follows.

You’re in for a real treat, friend! Listen in to get inspired, excited, and driven to take action with Luvvie’s step-by-step guidance.

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show here! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

May 06, 2021
#374: Take Your Hands Off The Wheel: Automation For The Smart Business Owner
19:17

Creating automation in your business can help you streamline your tasks and save time every single day.

Whether you’re a business owner just starting out or a seasoned entrepreneur, building automation systems in your business is key to helping you delegate and create processes that will help you succeed. 

The bonus? When you create automation in your business you’ll also have the flexibility in your schedule you’ve always dreamed of. 

I know, I know, you might be thinking, “But Amy -- this sounds too good to be true!”

And while it may seem like a miracle for your business, I can assure you that with just a little patience and follow through with the step-by-step process I give you, automation will be yours! 

In this episode you’re about to learn my favorite tips and tools to create:

  • Auto-responders in your emails for all the FAQs that land in your inbox
  • Seamless scheduling systems (no more headaches!) 
  • Social media content creation so you can batch and post with ease
  • Standard operating procedures -- every job now has a “how to do this” list
  • A process for hiring a Virtual Assistant to provide ongoing help

 

Plus, just to make things interesting, I have a fun accountability challenge at the end and I want to make sure I’m cheering you on as you implement your automation so you can spend more time on all the things you love!

Here’s a preview of the episode: 

  • [04:18] Automation saves you time, money, and precious energy. It eliminates human error and allows you, and your team to focus on the big picture. 
  • [05:41] Email automation. Only check your email once a day and set up an autoresponder for the other times. 
  • [07:31] Create guided responses for common email questions that you get. You can still add a personal touch. You can use Boomerang to mark your email to go away and come back on another day.
  • [09:33] Scheduling automation. Schedulicity is an online calendar that you can integrate with your calendar and create a personalized link with your availability.
  • [10:59] Automating social media and weekly content. A social media automating tool will allow you to plan out your social media all at once. 
  • [13:20] Managing emails from your community. ConvertKit is a good solution if you're just getting started. 
  • [15:24] Standard operating procedures or SOPs. These documents will save you a lot of headaches down the road when you hire and scale your team. 
  • [17:27] Compile tasks that can be passed off to a professional VA, even if it's just for a few hours a week. This will allow you to stay in your zone of genius.
  • [18:35] Action steps: Decide on one automation step that you can set up within the next 7 days. Send me a DM and tell me about it!

 

Apr 29, 2021
#373: Quiz Creation 101: Everything You Need to Know About Using the Most Effective Lead Magnet
41:09

Are you ready to scale your business lightyears ahead with an online quiz? You’ll be so glad when you do. 

This week, I have quiz building expert, Chanti Zak, on the show. 

Chanti’s the perfect person to show you what to do next when it comes to creating your online quiz -- she’s SO good she’s even written quizzes for me!

If you’re excited about this, get ready to dive in, my friend, because I believe a million percent that this episode is just what you need to get started.

During our time together, Chanti walks us through everything you need to know about:

  • How to select the PERFECT topic so your audience can’t wait to see their results
  • How to layout your results so they are fun and informative 
  • And how to get your quiz up and converting so you can start building your email list right away

Chanti pulls out all the stops in this episode to help you fast track to hitting publish and turning your fans into email subscribers. 

Psst… if you’re not sure what’s next once your audience gets their results, well, we talk about that, too. It’s my very last question for Chanti and I know you’ll love it. 

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show here! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Apr 22, 2021
#372: How Much Does It Actually Cost To Start & Successfully Grow A Biz with Jamie Trull
36:10

In this episode, she and I help you get clear on finances and the secrets to saving money, so you can run a successful (and lucrative) business. 

If you’re anything like me you may have fallen for shiny object syndrome a time or two while running your business. 

Raise your hand if you’ve found yourself buying courses or subscriptions that weren’t what you really needed to get your business off the ground...

Yep. I’ve been there, too.

Here’s the thing, knowing what financial investments to make when you’re running an online business can be confusing. And it can be easy to invest in a product, service, or tool you think you need but isn’t actually what you need at all.

If you’re just starting out as a business owner or you’ve been at this for a while, figuring out your finances is an essential part of your journey. 

This is why I have my peer, student, and financial expert, Jamie Trull on the show today. 

During the episode, we dive into what it looks like to actually start a business from a financial standpoint. 

Jamie’s a genius when it comes to helping business owners, like you, feel confident about their financials. I love having her on the show because she shows that you can absolutely handle the numbers side of your business and have some fun, too.

In this episode you’ll get information to help you really understand:

  • What financials should look like when you’re starting a business
  • Where to invest in your business so the financial decisions you make align with your big goals
  • Ways to save so you can grow quickly and strategically as you build your business 

Plus we walk you through the tips you need to start paying yourself, prepare for taxes, and invest back into your business.

Yes - you can absolutely do this --  and we are here to help. 

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show here! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Apr 15, 2021
#371: The 30,000 Foot View: Crafting Your 4-Part Customer Journey
21:07

An online buyer’s experience that’s effectively mapped out from start to finish can help you create the entrepreneurial family of your dreams -- one where everyone feels seen, heard, and understood.

Being intentional about crafting a clear journey for your business is key to cultivating a community and showing your audience that they matter and aren’t just another number or subscriber.

In today’s podcast episode, I’ll teach you the four phases you need to consider when thinking about the journey of each of your loyal fans. Phases that include:

  • Phase 1: Attraction
  • Phase 2: Nurture
  • Phase 3: Promotion
  • Phase 4: Onboarding (don’t miss the one element in phase four you can’t skip but many entrepreneurs do!) 

I’ll also show you how to put together your business pathway (or revitalize the pathway you already have) in order to keep your loyal fans on track through the entire time they’re with you on your business journey.

Get ready to knock the socks off your customers and create a journey they can remember with today’s episode! 

Apr 08, 2021
#370: Behind-The-Scenes: How I Collect Money-Making Testimonials
31:47

Customer testimonials can help you grow your business online and expand your reach. 

Your digital course and online business success will skyrocket when you have glowing testimonials to share with the world. 

Are you interested in significantly increasing your sales, boosting your lead magnet sign-ups and email subscribers, or growing your audience exponentially?

I have a feeling you’re saying, “Come on, Amy! Of course, I am!”

Well my friend, listen up because I’m going to tell you one simple strategy that will help you do all of those things I mentioned. 

Two words… glowing testimonials

They are simply the bread and butter of your business, and today, I’m giving you my behind-the-scenes, step-by-step process for finding and gathering testimonials that will be so top-notch that they do the selling for you. 

And yes, there is a process -- trust me! In this episode, you’ll learn…

  • why testimonials are worth spending time collecting

  • how to find them

  • how to request them

  • how to conduct an interview

  • the proper way to format them to make sure they convert

  • where to use them

And because I love when I can gift you a step-by-step action-taking tool -- I’ve put together a free plug-&-play resource of the emails that we use to gather testimonials, along with the questions we ask in our testimonial interviews. Get it here.

Here’s a preview of the episode: 

  • [05:05] A well-written testimonial is the ultimate social proof for you and your business. It's important to build that know, like, and trust factor. 
  • [10:33] Look for testimonials everywhere! In your posts, comments, and actively seek them in your Facebook group. 
  • [15:33] You can collect testimonials from your one-on-one work about your strategies or your teaching style. And of course, from your digital course or project. 
  • [22:20] Create one place in Dropbox for all of your testimonials. Have a testimonial shell, so that you can find them easily.
  • [23:30] Use a specific formula for crafting your testimonial. Use what they gave you and do your best to finesse it. A three part testimonial should include the problem, the solution, and the results!

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Apr 01, 2021
#369: Common Strategies For Uncommon Success With John Lee Dumas
37:00

John Lee Dumas teaches his most successful online business strategies

Get ready to take action and accomplish your entrepreneurial goals

Success secrets?

Out-of-the-box thinking?

Business plans that work wonders? 

Ok, friend, you know what that means. Today’s podcast guest is FIRE.

I’m so excited to welcome John Lee Dumas back for his 4th appearance on the podcast.

This episode is a must-listen, especially if your entrepreneurial and digital course goals include time and location freedom, financial independence, personal fulfillment… and more. 

As an entrepreneur that has helped set the foundation for business success in the online marketplace and who has interviewed thousands of the world’s most successful entrepreneurs on his podcast, Entrepreneurs on Fire, John Lee Dumas is giving us his best secrets when it comes to:

  • Building a content plan
  • Diversifying your revenue streams
  • Increasing traffic (um, YES PLEASE!) 

Plus… John reveals his business success tips and his out-of-the-box thinking when it comes to creating a business plan that stands out from the crowd. 

Are you ready? It’s time to take notes and take action. 

Here is the episode highlight reel:

  • [07:06] JLD shares his content production plan, which includes what he calls the “Zone of Fire.”
  • [11:36] You don't have to do everything yourself. JLD shares how his team works to produce consistent and accurate content. 
  • [15:28] JLD shares how he diversifies his revenue streams and how this has helped him scale his business. 
  • [20:07] “Boring will put you out of business.” People want to be entertained, and JLD shares how to stand out and keep things exciting.
  • [28:59] Be willing to do things that other people aren't willing to do. When you set your barrier super high your competition will end up being low.

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Mar 29, 2021
#368: Kick These Excuses To The Curb: 5 Digital Course Myths Debunked
19:19

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [03:58] Myth#1: Creating a digital course takes too much time. If you want to create a course, you're going to have to set aside some devoted time and effort.
  • [07:18] Myth #2: You need a huge email list to sell a digital course. You can launch with a small list and still achieve success. It's about quality over quantity. 
  • [09:09] Myth #3: You have to be a video or webinar expert. You don't have to be an expert to begin, my friend. You'll get more comfortable over time -- trust me!
  • [11:38] Myth #4: You have to have everything figured out before you get started. Where will you be one year from now if you keep waiting? The longer you wait, the less likely you'll ever start. Just start somewhere!
  • [14:00] Myth #5: It's really expensive to create and launch a digital course. You don't need to spend very much to do your first few launches. In fact, you can even sell your course before you create anything -- something I teach in Digital Course Academy!

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Mar 25, 2021
#367: How This Mompreneur Stopped Trading Time For Dollars (& You Can Too) with Maria Dior Duegaard Amdahl
34:34

Organic business growth can happen even when you’re juggling home-life responsibilities.

Holy Cow, friend! Wait until you listen to this conversation with my student and 7-figure business owner, Maria Dior Duegaard Amdahl.

I wanted to invite Maria to the show because I knew her entrepreneurial journey is one that will light a fire under your you-know-what and give you the exact steps you need to take action.  

When Maria started her business she was juggling a lot -- her business plan, her family (she’s got three kiddos, a hubby, and a dog at home!), and building her online community.

As a successful health coach working 1:1 with entrepreneurs, it didn’t take Maria long to realize that she was trading time for dollars and needed to pivot to a different path. (And quickly!) 

In this episode, Maria takes us along on her journey from trading time for dollars to running a $3 million dollar business.  And as you listen to our conversation, I know you’ll see that she’s no different from you. Her success can be your success, sweet friend. 

Plus you’ll get the insiders scoop into:

  • Maria’s best strategies for accomplishing ALL of your business goals… (even when you have minimal time)
  • The tangible action items Maria uses for growing an online community organically
  • How to pick yourself back up after failing and keep moving forward 

Here’s what I love about this interview the most...

Maria gives you action items you can start implementing today and she doesn’t hold back! 

If you’re ready to build, grow, and scale your online business and still have enough time to make dinner at the end of the day, this episode is for you.

Here is your highlight guide to this episode:

  • [03:21] Maria shares her story of running a fitness studio for pregnant women and how transitioning to an online business allowed her to scale and reach $3 million in revenue.
  • [10:38] Maria created a system to be very mindful of how she spends her time -- she shares more about this in the freebie for this episode!
  • [15:53] She shares about her webinar show up rate of 58 percent with a 48 percent conversion rate and how she made this happen. 
  • [22:11] Maria's secret is being herself and allowing herself the time to take the steps she needs to take while still being human flaws and all. 
  • [27:12] Don't fall into the habit of thinking you have to learn everything before you take action, Maria shares how to do this.

Grab your free resource from today’s episode!

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show here! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Mar 18, 2021
SPECIAL: Facebook iOS Update For Ad Campaigns: All You Need To Know
34:12

In this very special bonus podcast episode, my friend Salome Schillack, and I are talking about how Facebook (and Instagram) are making changes to their ability to target some iOS users. (If you’ve got an Apple product, that’s you!)

The result? This presents a little hiccup for entrepreneurs wanting to use their ad platform to track customers and conversions.

And while this does make things a little more challenging, all is not lost. There are ways to navigate the changes and minimize how it disrupts your ad campaigns. 

If you’re using Facebook ads to launch bigger, scale faster, and grow your audience online, this episode is one you want to listen to immediately.

Join me and Salome, as we talk about these changes, how to work with them to create successful ads, and what next steps you need to take to continue seeing results from the ads you’re running.

Mar 15, 2021
#366: How To Turn Your Expertise Into A Successful Course with Azhelle Wade
43:12

Are you ready for your brand to be widely known? 

Learn how to turn your expertise into a digital course with Azhelle Wade. 

I love bragging about my students. Honestly! The stuff they do always amazes me. 

And what’s even more fun is that I know you like to hear their stories and strategies too.  So it’s a win-win when they’re a podcast guest! 

I’m so excited to introduce you to my Digital Course Academy student, Azhelle Wade. 

Azhelle is an amazing student of mine. She's an entrepreneur, President of The Toy Coach, and host of the podcast, Making It in The Toy Industry and knows a thing or two about the power of taking your expertise and turning it into a successful course.

And if you’re wondering if you too can take your know-how and turn it into a passionate online business, you’re in luck! In this interview, Azhelle didn’t hold back from sharing her process and strategy that she used to get her expertise out into the world and kickstart her journey as an entrepreneur.

In this episode we talked about:

  • Making your expertise a successful business
  • Creating a “known for” brand
  • Azhelle’s  story about breaking through the glass ceiling of diversity in her industry
  • The best advice she has on how to make the leap from corporate into entrepreneurship
  • Her unique approach to a successful launch

If you’re ready to learn how to make your expertise into a successful course - this episode is ready to help!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [07:34] Fun fact: Savings will set you free. You may not need as much as you think you do. Look at places where you may be able to cut.
  • [09:27] As a cancer survivor, health was one of Azhelle's fears. She ended up getting a new lease on life and a mindset shift.
  • [13:52] Azhelle had a clear vision of who her ideal customer community was. She started asking what they needed to thrive.
  • [18:57] Learn Azhelle’s launch tips and how she ended up making $11,000 over the next 48 hours. 
  • [34:52] Know what your mission is for your brand and who you're going to help and why and how you're going to help them.

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show here! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Mar 11, 2021
#365: Leave Your 9-5 & Kickstart Being Your Own Boss: Here’s How!
25:32

Are you ready to be your own boss and create a new online business? 

Make the leap from your 9 to 5 and kick start your entrepreneurial journey! 

Before I started my business, I would sit in my corporate cubicle and dream about creating a digital course and online business. 

The problem was, I had no idea how to create a digital course.

I also didn't have an email list, a social media following, or a roadmap to show me how to leave my cubicle behind and build an online business. Raise your hand if you can relate!

If this sounds anything like you and you’re ready to make the leap from 9 to 5 cubicle to digital course entrepreneurship, I’m excited for you to hear all about it in this podcast episode.

In it, I tell you all about what I’ve learned over the last 11 plus years of building a thriving digital course business -- stories and practices you can put into place today to save you the time and headaches that I experienced along the way. (Boy how I wish someone would have done the same for me early on.) 

If you love a few behind-the-scenes stories of my early day hiccups, well then my friend, you’re in for a treat because I’m spilling the beans…. Just wait until you hear how getting yelled at on the tarmac at the airport changed my entrepreneurial journey. 

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [07:32] I left my corporate job and my first stop was working one-on-one doing social media for small businesses. I fell into the common trap of taking on too many clients.
  • [08:35] For two years, I had a business I hated!
  • [11:55] If you're in a similar situation, let go of a few clients but keep a few as well. Free up the time to create the business of your dreams. 
  • [13:11] Prioritize tiger time. Commit to at least one full hour a week to work on the business you want to work on and nothing else. 
  • [15:15] Start creating consistent content and share it with the world. 
  • [17:53] Devote time to get comfortable on video. Video brings a whole new level of connection with your audience.
  • [19:55] Fuel that big beautiful brain of yours. Becoming the go-to expert in your industry means that you never stop learning.
  • [22:00] Find a mentor or two. Having a coach or mentor that you can meet with on a regular basis is a great way to remain accountable.

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show here! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Mar 04, 2021
#364: How I Do It: Boost Your Sales with These 5 Course Enhancements
28:20

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [04:07] #1: Adding a visual element like a PDF framework or guide!
  • [09:01] #2: Invite guests to contribute. A guest can provide a different perspective and enhance your audience's experience. 
  • [13:47] #3: Use templates. Create a resource that creates a quick win. I offer an upsell of slide deck templates. 
  • [16:48] #4: Offer swipe files. Materials that you've used but have edited so your students can make it their own. 
  • [20:55] #5: Give them more of you. (My personal favorite!) Your students want more of you! Schedule where you can show up for your students in advance.

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Feb 25, 2021
#363: How To Silence Your Inner Critic & Commit To Success With Jamie Kern Lima
55:56

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [16:05] Jamie shares her secret to getting through years of rejection. 
  • [26:16] Write down things that are inspiring and true about you and keep them in your magic toolbox. (I love this idea!) 
  • [28:46] You're not here to compete with anybody else other than who you're born to become. (Let’s put that on repeat!
  • [41:36] When you're an entrepreneur getting a “no” can definitely feel personal. Figure out how to keep it from being personal and trust the journey. 
  • [48:30] “The failure is never being willing to actually hear who you're called to be and the truth of who you are.” - Jamie Kern Lima
Feb 22, 2021
#362: How To Write Emails That Actually Get Opened with Zafira Rajan
41:07

Want to write weekly emails that *actually* get opened? Read on… 

That’s right, my friend! Writing your weekly emails doesn’t have to be a chore. In fact, it can be a joy, and my guest in this episode will give you the tools you need to make that a reality. 

Her name is Zafira Rajan, and she’s a strategic launch copywriter and soulful strategist committed to helping conscious entrepreneurs build, grow, and scale their businesses using storytelling. 

In this episode, she’s sharing a step-by-step for identifying what she calls “Personality Pillars,” which will give you a bank of ideas to have on hand when you’re ready to sit down and write.

As well as her top three strategies for creating a weekly non-negotiable ritual for writing consistent email copy.

How To Become A Pro Copywriter

  • [09:26] Personality pillars are at the core of how Zafira shows up for brands. It's about showing the dimensions of you.
  • [14:36] Your first pillar is your core values. We all have values and things we stand for whether they are business or personal. 
  • [15:56] Your second pillar is your stamp of weirdness. What do people find weird, funny, natural, or even interesting about you? 
  • [18:15] The third pillar is your intentional impact. Whether you're launching or not, it's important to remind people consistently that you have something that they can buy.
  • [20:54] The fourth pillar is your unapologetic opinion. What point of view do I have that I'm afraid to share? The people who you want to bring into your life and attract will appreciate your point of view.
  • [24:45]  Your fifth element is your “Z” or zest factor. This is what you sprinkle on top of everything to make it uniquely yours. This is the sweet spot between what you do and why people care about it.
  • [32:33] Create an environment that sets a tone for writing or creating content. Design a custom writing ritual. Light a candle and get in the zone.

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Feb 18, 2021
Bonus: How To Get A Quick Cash Boost For Your Business
24:55

What if I told you I have a few fun strategies for making a quick cash boost for your business... 

Would you be interested in hearing more? I thought you might be. 

In this episode, I share six strategies for getting a nice little cash injection for your business. 

I recently went live in my Thrive Facebook group to share these strategies, and it was a hit. So naturally, I wanted to share it with you. 

If you’re tuning into this episode in realtime, we are a few weeks away from the doors opening to my signature program, Digital Course Academy. And so, to support those who want to enroll, I put together these savvy strategies. 

But then I got to thinking, whether you’re going to join me in DCA or not, I think any entrepreneur would love a quick cash injection whether they use it to invest back into their business or if they use it to pay their mortgage. 

So, here we are. Enjoy these six strategies but promise me this… if you’re going to use any of them, be sure you go all in -- play full out. Deal? 

How to get a quick cash boost

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [07:56] Strategy #1: Offer limited one-on-one consulting or coaching. Sometimes it helps to get in the trenches with your own clients, customers, and students.
  • [10:24] Strategy #2: Offer a limited-time group coaching program. You can help more people and make it more affordable.
  • [11:42] Strategy #3: Audit your spending habits. If you're looking for a quick cash injection, it might already be at your fingertips.
  • [14:58] Strategy #4: Host and charge for a very low ticket challenge. Take your audience through an experience every single day.
  • [17:25] Strategy #5: Offer your insights through market research. There are examples and opportunities in the free guide.
  • [19:09] Strategy #6: Transcribe audio interviews. I transcribed hundreds of hours of Tony Robbins speaking.

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show here! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Feb 15, 2021
#361: Your Clubhouse Invite: Is This Social Platform Right For You With Coach Glitter
01:08:19

Wanna know everything about Clubhouse? You’re in the right place! 

Clubhouse is the newest and hottest platform in 2021… so we've heard. But what exactly is it all about? And with the vast number of places for an entrepreneur to hang out online, is it worth adding to your to-do list? 

In this episode, all of your questions will be answered!

I’ve brought on my dear friend, Tiffany Lee Bymaster (a.k.a. Coach Glitter) on to share her experience on Clubhouse. 

Tiffany is a blogger, consultant, affiliate marketer, brand expert, and creator of the Lights, Camera, Branding online program. She’s recently been spending a lot of time on this new platform to figure out the best way to use it. 

In this episode, you’ll learn the how, what, and why of Clubhouse, as well as, if it’s a good place to spend your time as an entrepreneur. 

Ready to make connections and get Clubhouse savvy? 

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show here! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Feb 11, 2021
#360: How To Use Content & Storytelling To Grow Your Business With Aprille Franks
32:36

One of the most powerful ways to connect to your audience… stories!

Holy cow! This episode was *fire*! (Do I have your attention? Good, read on!)

I invited Aprille Franks on, master community builder and launch strategist, to give you a step-by-step process for identifying powerful stories to use in your business (think: copywriting, social media, content, and live video) to more deeply connect with your audience. 

After all, nothing brings us together more than sharing stories of struggles, accomplishments, and perseverance. Especially in a pandemic and a world where we are more connected to the internet than one another -- stories bring us back to the truth of our existence. 

Grab a pen and paper and get ready for actionable steps that you can apply to get a quick win today. 

Here’s a snapshot of a few things we talked about…

  • [06:04] It's important to use stories in our content because that's how people resonate and connect. People are looking for a community to connect with. 
  • [08:14] There are five components for building bankable stories. The first is understanding why the story impacts your brand relevance. 
  • [09:15] The second thing is how to go from 0 to 60. Aprille walks you through how to do this.
  • [14:59] The third is to avoid getting stuck wondering how this is relevant for your business. Don't discount the things that make you who you are. 
  • [17:32] The fourth, identify what your audience needs to know next.
  • [19:10] Lastly, connect your content with your stories. Be intentional with planning the story and content to create connectivity. 
  • [27:18] Hot tip: Write down your instances and go through the process and then share one story on video. 

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!